Tumgik
#jeno royalty au
justwritedreams · 2 years
Text
Welcome to the Kingdom | Jeno
Chapter Two: Dirty Little Secrets
Tumblr media
Prince Jeno x Princess Reader, enemies to lovers au!, royalty au! Word count: 2233 Genre: slow burn, drama Author: maari Warnings: kinda suggestive, jeno and the reader teasing each other again, language, Note: it's shorter than I'd like but I don't want to make you wait any longer than necessary. If the taglist isn’t working, please tell me guys! Summary: Your mother already taught you not to listen to the conversation of others behind the door but tonight you didn't remember that teaching.
<< Previous | Masterlist | Next >>
⪢ NCT Masterlist
Tumblr media
"Y/N..." Taeyong started to speak but was interrupted by the princess, who raised her hand for him to stop. She couldn't take her eyes off Jeno, who had apparently regretted what he'd said. He avoided looking at her at all costs. "I don't think I heard you right." she laughed, desperate. "That's a prank, isn't it?" “Brother, please.” Jeno turned to face Taeyong who watched him closely, almost as if they were mentally talking, sighed and nodded. "I'll leave you alone." he warned and left the room quickly. Leaving a princess somewhat irritated and Jeno… strangely calm. Too calm for her taste. He must hate that idea as much as she did. It was the end of the world for both of them. “Our families have decided that in order to put an end to this feud between our kingdoms, an heir of the Lee family should marry you.”
Simple like that? “And you speak with such calmness?” she asked irritably and saw Jeno huff, resting his hands on his hips. "What do you want me to do, princess?" “Anything to stop this from happening!” she replied, exasperated. "You shouldn't accept something like that as much as I don't." Jeno smirked and took a step towards her. “Actually, I volunteered,” he admitted, leaving her even more confused. "What?" she frowned. "Why?" “I figured since our families will be linked forever, this wedding would be fun for both of us.” “Do you find this funny?” she asked offended and saw Jeno roll his eyes. "You talk as if you don't know that your marriage is just an agreement." "I know that. And that's not the problem.” she complained. Jeno took another step towards her, now they were close and unlike before, he didn't look away. "And what's the matter, princess?" “I could marry anyone in your family, hell I could even marry one of the North Kim heirs—” "Except me." Jeno concluded and she nodded, raising her eyebrow. “You know what I think, princess?” he brought his face closer to hers, causing her to lean back in search of space. "That you're scared." Jeno smiled provocatively. He knew how proud Y/N was. She looked at him offended, she couldn't believe he had said that to her. "Afraid? Why would I be afraid?" it was her turn to approach, now not caring about the little space between them but how her heart raced with rage. "You're afraid to fall in love with me." Jeno's eyes had a sparkle she knew well, so she smirked. "I'll never fall in love with you, I'll bet whatever you want." she challenged him and his smile widened. "Whatever I want?" he asked, interested and the princess nodded, crossing her arms. "Deal." She raised an eyebrow and held the pose, chin up and staring so as not to show weakness. She and Jeno kept exchanging glances, trying to figure out who would be the first to give in but nothing they did or said would change course. "Then let's seal this deal once and for all." Jeno held out his hand and the princess stared, as if she was wondering if she really should do this. "I don't want you to say it wasn't for real when I win." Y/N just looked up, without moving her head, and glared at Jeno through her long eyelashes and clasped their hot palms together, squeezing his hand tightly. They waved their hands as they exchanged a knowing look, full of teasing. But Jeno wanted more, so he started stroking Y/N's skin with his thumb and that made her smack his hand as she pulled hers away. "You really are an idiot." she spoke and decided to walk away from him. "Hey Princess." she stopped already with her hand on the doorknob and turned her torso unwillingly. "Get used to my presence. Our engagement will be announced in a month." he warned and Y/N rolled her eyes before walking out and slamming the door. She took a deep breath and closed her eyes to calm her heartbeat as a mixture of sensations coursed through her body. She still couldn't accept the idea of ​​having to marry the one she hated the most. Of course, from a young age knew that she wouldn't have the privilege of marrying like normal people did for love and that was never a problem until they considered marrying her to Jeno. She would talk to her father later and get this story straight, but first she would have to go back to the salon and be a good hostess and that's what she did. Apparently no one had noticed that she was gone for a while except Taeyong who was looking at her curiously while drinking some champagne, she lifted her chin and walked towards him. "I know you hate my family but you could have been less vindictive." she spoke softly and Taeyong hid a smile. "I don't hate your family, Y/N." she looked at him suspiciously. "Well, maybe when I was younger, but now that I'm king it's different." "Why don't you do something and stop this wedding?" she asked, turning to face him completely."I can’t refuse that things improve between our kingdoms." he answered firmly and she shook her head. "I hate your brother and that will never change, Taeyong." she stated and he looked at her curiously. “Why do you hate him so much?” The sudden question caught Y/N off guard. She didn't usually talk about the reasons that made her blood boil when Jeno was around, she just felt it. In fact, she has already spoken to her mother about it. When she was 9 years old and the answer to the same question her mother asked was “he’s annoying”, during childhood this always seemed like a plausible reason. And when adolescence came along with all the hormones, unbearable became the word that best described Jeno. "He knows why." she replied quickly and saw Taeyong raise his eyebrows but didn't linger on the subject. Y/N wanted to cross her arms as she stared at a fixed point in the room but all her politeness wouldn't allow it, she just wanted something to take out the anger she felt towards Jeno. "Mark." she heard Taeyong call out to his brother who stopped where he was going and came back, smiling politely. "Why don't you dance with the princess?" he suggested and Y/N turned her attention to the two. She returned the smile when Mark looked at her shyly, he nodded and extended his hand to the princess. “Would you do me the honor?” he asked and she shook her head once, placing her hand over Mark's. He led her through the hall and there she was, back in the center with all eyes watching every step she and the prince took. They faced each other and Mark looked at Y/N as if asking permission to come closer, she nodded her eyes and he put his hand on her waist and the other one held her hand, Y/N supported her free hand on Mark's shoulder and they began twirling around the room to the music. Mark's hand was cold but his smile was warm and the princess remembered why she had a crush on him when she was younger. "If I may, you look magnificent." he complimented and she laughed softly, feeling her ears burn. “Thanks, Mark. You too, blonde suits you.” he smiled shyly, looking away and the conversation stopped there although their eyes remained fixed on each other during the dance. It was the first time the princess had seen him with lighter hair, very different from the black she was used to, but he still managed to look even more beautiful. Mark was angelic and cute, just like before, only more mature now. Well, the whole Lee family was breathtaking. It wasn’t for nothing that all the women of the 4 kingdoms wanted to take the opportunity to try their luck, but unlike Jeno, Mark wasn't rumored to be a womanizer. He was too pure for this world. The princess, too busy meeting Mark's eyes as they danced gracefully across the room, didn't notice a pair of dark eyes watching the scene with the jaw locked. Jeno had been bothered by the sweet and gentle way the princess looked at his brother, the affectionate way she looked at him and the way her smile was genuine. So different from the aggressive way she treated him. Why could she be polite with his brother and not with him? Why was everyone received amicably by her and he wasn’t? Clenching his fists, Jeno left the hall with a huff, annoyed with himself for wasting his time trying to figure out the princess's head. That's when one of the castle maids passed by looking at him with an inviting smile, he brushed away the black smoke that appeared in his mind every time he tried to understand the reasons for so much hatred on Y/N's part, he had more to worry about. And the royal family's parties always ended the same way, in fun.
[...]
Y/N smiled widely at Mark as he bowed to her as soon as the second song they danced to ended, that had been Taeyong's only good idea so far, she thanked Mark with a bow and the two walked away from each other. She looked for her cousin with her eyes but didn't find her so she decided to go to the bathroom alone, she wished she could tell Yeri the gossip but the cousin must have been too busy talking to the assistant of the cook she had been admiring for weeks. For the first time that night, she was feeling light. Every kind of mess and bad feeling that Jeno had brought into her had been momentarily relieved by dancing with Mark. Everything would have been easier if he had been her fiancé. Of course, it still wouldn't be a wedding like most people, duty would always come first, but she liked Mark's presence. He was a good person to talk to, polite and charming. With Jeno it was different, he always had a tease, a tension that never went away. And she admitted, she had a great deal to blame for it but it was stronger than she. She was never able to control her sarcastic side when she was around the prince and she probably never could. She took a deep breath and as she was getting closer to the bathroom, she heard giggles and whispers coming from the pantry a little further away. Y/N stopped where she was, it hadn't been a good day to spy on what others were doing and she would have been willing to ignore this time and continue on her way if she hadn’t heard the laughter of one of the maids who used to serve meals to the royal family. Squinting her eyes, she approached slowly and managed to identify the other laugh and leaned against the doorjamb and leaned her head close enough to see what was happening from the corner. It shouldn't have come as a surprise, but she felt her jaw drop when she saw the maid pressed against the wall by Jeno who was distributing kisses on the woman's neck while his hands gripped her waist tightly Her reason was screaming for her to get out of there and wash her eyes but there was something about the way Jeno moved his lips against the woman's skin that Y/N couldn't take her eyes off of. She knew that Jeno was a womanizer, all the rumors she'd heard from various women during the events and even what her cousin had mentioned a few times that she'd heard were enough. But now she was seeing it with her own eyes. The woman tried to get rid of Jeno's jacket, causing him to stop kissing and lift his index finger and sign a no while tsc tsc with his mouth. "I'm the boss here." his low, husky voice sure had an effect on the woman and Y/N rubbed the back of her neck to stop the shiver that felt like it wanted to run down her spine. The princess's eyes widened when Jeno kissed the woman on the lips in a thirsty and sure way, causing the woman to moan against him and throw her arms against his shoulder. The princess felt her legs go weak and she almost wanted to beat herself for it, that was Jeno, the only power he had was to make her blood boil with pure rage. Just that. However, as much as she knew that, she just couldn't look away from the way his lips drove the fervent and secret kiss, they moved in such a sure way she'd never seen before. When she could see their tongues meeting and Jeno's hands moving up the woman's uniform, the princess thought it best to walk away. She blinked numerous times and had to bring her hand up to her chin to close it. She pulled away hearing another moan from the woman and shook her head as she tried to forget the scene she had seen. But something, deep down inside, told her she would never do it.
Taglist: @floweronacloud, @cookydream, @travelleratheart101, @ilvaussie, @tyongf-sunflower99, @mings-cafe,  @n0hyuck​
122 notes · View notes
jwirecs · 9 months
Note
Hii can you compile all the arranged marriage au fics please it’ll be so easy and helpful
Thank youu!!
Tumblr media
helloo!! seems like i;ve had a few asks regarding arranged marriage aus. i will do my best to find fics from all of the groups that i read from but i will apologize a head of time for the spam in the tags since i will be tagging all of the groups..😅
**apologies to the authors for being mentioned in two posts (tumblr be kinda messed up rn where i cant tell if the author is linked in this or not..), the anon req for me to compile the post all in one so that its easier**
** anything in parentheses and bolded are my thoughts that can be disregarded if needed **
🔞smut || 💔angst || 💕fluff || ✅completed || 🔄ongoing || 💯favorite
Tumblr media
Arranged || @minyoongijjangjjangmanboongboong💕💔✅(ceo au, yoongi x reader)
Belong || @v-hope💕💔✅(smau, taehyung x reader)
Best Friend's Best Friend || @ktheist🔞💕💔✅(chaebol au, jeongguk x reader)
Covenant || @junghelioseok🔞💕💔✅(werewolf au, hoseok x reader)
Drugs || @euphoriyoongi🔞💕💔✅(jimin x reader)
Kiss Me More || @mosaic-opine🔞💕💔✅(yoongi x reader)
Pink Sapphire || @jiminrings💕💔✅ (jeongguk x reader)
Please Love Me || @ahundredtimesover🔞💕💔✅(ceo au, jeongguk x reader)
Shadows of Doubt || @theweasleytwinsownmyjuicyass💕💔✅(seokjin x reader)
The Crown That Is Ours || @taeshobipop🔞💕💔✅ (royalty au, taehyung x reader)
Til Death Do Us Part || @justimajin🔞💕💔✅ (namjoon x reader)
To Turn a Bad Thing Good || @chateautae🔞💕💔🔄 (jeongguk x reader)
Tumblr media
Anon Request || @alluringjae​🔞💔✅ (jeno x reader)
Before I Go || @yutaholic​​​​​​🔞💕💔✅ (doyoung x reader)
Binding Bonds || @jaedore​🔞💕💔✅ (jaehyun x reader)
Coming Home || @cupofjae​​​​​​🔞💕💔✅ (smau, yuta x reader)
Lucky Number Seven || @paintmebare​🔞💔✅ (johnny x reader)
MOON RIVER || @ppangjae​​​​​​​🔞💕💔✅ (jaehyun x reader)
Seed of Pomegranates || @anashins​​​​🔞💕💔✅ (jaehyun x reader)
Tumblr media
Accidentally In Love || @suhnshinehaos💕💔✅ (smau, vernon x reader)
I Found Love In Your Smile || @wonlouvre💕💔✅ (wonwoo x reader)
Saturn Without Rings || @dropsofletters💕💔✅ (royal au, wonwoo x reader)
Vampire Kisses || @horanghaejamjam🔞💕💔✅ (junhui x reader)
857 notes · View notes
nenonee · 8 months
Text
bookmark
Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media
-------------------------------- list ongoing --------------------------------
♛ misdial by @dojunie [college!au, chaptered, slowburn, eventual smut] ♛ one night only by @tyxoxo [model!au, chaptered, slowburn, smut] ♛ rule number one: don't fall in love by @jaylaxies [fake dating!au, oneshot, fluff, slight angst, smut] ♛ summer of love by @lattaeyongs [90’s!au, brother’s bestfriend!au, oneshot, slice of life, fluff, slowburn] ♛ the roommate contract by @jaeyunverse [roommate!au, brother's bestfriend!au, oneshot, fluff, angst, suggestive] ♛ golden boy by @tddyhyck [established relationship!au, oneshot, mature, smut] ♛ reel by @tqmies [camping trip!au, oneshot, romance, comdey, smut] ♛ ascension to the throne by @heartshyuck [royalty!au, oneshot, political, mystery, angst, slowburn, smut] ♛ cookie jar by @neopuppy [stepcest!au, oneshot, mature, smut] ♛ premium boy-toy by @ncteez [stripper!au, oneshot, switch jeno, rich/lonely reader, mature, smut] ♛ yours to tame by @slightlymore [period drama!au, oneshot, childhood friends to “enemies” to lovers, romantic comedy, fluff, some light angst, smut] ♛ tell me you hate me by @sweetlemontart [brother's bestfriend!au, oneshot, slight angst, mature, explicit smut] ♛ eventual by @angelicmark [bestfriends to lovers!au, oneshot, fluff, slight angst, smut] ♛ shameless by @neopuppy [stepcest!au, oneshot, infidelity, mature, smut] ♛ homebody by @daydreamingyuta [established relationship!au, oneshot, fluff] ♛ lovely puppy by @smileysuh [model!au, oneshot, mature, smut] ♛ overheated by @killshotbabe [highschool friend's boyfriend!au, oneshot, cheating/affair, mature, smut] ♛ someone to stay by @jaeminhours [highschool!au, oneshot, fluff, slight angst, slowburn]
497 notes · View notes
lelengerine · 8 months
Note
helloo!!! I am so glad you are back again,really missed seeing you on my dash:(
also,from your mini drabble list, the arranged marriage au really caught my eye! can you please write it with jeno as the main protagonist? I don't have anything specific in mind except that I am obsessed with the opposites attract kinda trope but you can write it anyway you want! thank you in advance <3
Tumblr media
love, lee
pairing | prince!jeno x princess!reader
genre | royalty + arranged marriage au, jeno uses a nickname for reader (love), no pronouns are specifically used for this, lmk if there’s any i missed!
wc | 0.9k
notes | i think my love for royalty aus are really stating to show now TT this is my first jeno work and there were actually multiple entries for jeno with the arranged marriage trope so i hope this suffices for now (maybe i’ll make a part two or follow another req if i can !!) it’s not exactly the same as what anon mentioned because i tried to condense the ideas to the size of a drabble as much as possible but i love all ur brains so much LIKE TELL ME MORE 😭😭 anw likes, rbs, and feedbacks are very appreciated ;0;
this is part of my drabble req event here!
m.list
Tumblr media
there’s this prophecy that landed upon your kingdom just as its walls were newly established, one that spoke of prosperity if two individuals coming from royal backgrounds were to be wed under every full moon.
of course, that hasn’t come true (and you don’t believe it ever will), but both the civilians and the royal family hold onto that sliver of hope ever so dearly. though, in the position of being someone forced into the position of marriage, you can’t help but view the tradition as something simply bizarre and unnecessary.
moreover, you haven't a clue who you are about to marry. the thought irritates you to the core, and your mother’s repetitive words on how this was ‘something she experienced too’ not making you feel any better — in fact, it was dampening your already sour mood even further.
just why hadn’t this been dropped centuries ago? the answer to that question doesn’t seem to be keen on revealing itself to you.
and so here you are, behind tall wooden doors in a dress you struggle to move in — much less breathe in — that will soon reveal a banquet hall filled with your and your groom’s relatives, a plethora of aristocrats that you couldn’t even dare to name no matter how long you stared at them, and reporters who were ready to swarm you with questions whenever they’d get the chance.
“there’s no need to fear, my dear.” your mother states by your side, and a scoff is the first response she receives.
“i hope you understand that what you’ve said lacks any sensitivity for my situation.” you bitterly reply with a blank expression, not even turning to face her once. with that, she decides to keep silent, not wanting to aggravate you any longer.
the doors open, finally placing you on display for everyone to see, and the first person your eyes search for is your husband-to-be.
he stands in front of the beautifully decorated altar in a navy blue suit and fur coat that looks just as uncomfortable as the white gown you’re wearing, and you start to feel a little sympathy for him knowing he probably didn’t have any plans of marrying you either.
you were both victims in this grand scheme, after all.
a step, two steps, and before you know it, you’re meeting his gaze for the first time. he offers a soft smile that puffs up his cheeks ever so slightly, pupils shining beneath the lights that brighten up the entire hall, and for a moment, you forget how much you’ve detested this day to come.
‘get a grip, it’s definitely for show’, you mentally tell yourself as your lips return the kind gesture.
the ceremony soon starts, and the words spoken by the priest pass through your ears like static fuzz, not paying attention to the prophecy that was being retold to the audience.
“i assume you were forced into this?” you begin in a whisper, wanting only the person beside you to hear your voice.
you turn to gaze at him and he looks a little surprised you actually started a conversation. “sure.”
sure? what kind of response was that? the least he could do was respond with a decisive yes or no to not leave you hanging like this. perhaps that smile from earlier really was to fool the reporters on a loveless marriage
“could you at least tell me your name?” you try to reach out once more, “it’s laughable as is to know we are in the middle of being wed and i have not a single clue on who you are.”
“lee, jeno.” he responds, and though it technically is an answer to your question, you’re oddly left unsatisfied at how perfunctory it was. “yours?”
“l/n, y/n.” you state in the same manner as if you wanted him to feel the same as you did just moments prior. “how does it feel to get married to a stranger? because i surely find this unsettling.”
you tried to play into humor, hoping to get a better reaction out of him, but what he says shocks you instead. “we aren’t strangers though.”
“what-” you start to sputter, however the priest cuts you off at the mention of announcing your respective vows.
“i’m sure you’ll recall it soon enough.” jeno’s expression finally shifts from his icy facade to a sly smirk that perfectly exemplifies his features, and you’re not sure whether to find the sight unsettling or absolutely breathtaking. “because i’ve known you my entire life, love.”
the nickname has your mind reeling in circles, paying no attention to the vows jeno was now dictating like a memorized poem of sorts. there was ever only one person who’s called you by that name, though it could never be someone like him… could it?
you snuck out of the castle to one of the town’s bakeries back when you were younger, meeting a boy who told you he was doing the exact same thing because he swore their garlic bread was absolutely out of this world, and that’s exactly why you came in the first place. it was like you both clicked, and that meeting became the first of many. though, as you grew older, your hectic tutoring schedules made it difficult for you to frequent the bakery as much as you used to.
still, you remember he suggested exchanging letters as a means of keeping in contact, and he’s the only one who’s referred to you as love. his love.
you’re abruptly taken away from your thoughts as the priest repeats your name, “princess, your vows if you may.”
“oh um, sorry.” you quickly apologize, trying to gather yourself back up.
jeno’s gaze on you looks much more animated than before, almost as if there was a playful glint that replaced the cold ones from earlier. where was the man you met moments ago as the event started? “i suppose you remember now.”
“yeah.” you breathe out, “yeah, i do.”
180 notes · View notes
starlitmark · 8 months
Text
Tumblr media
Summary: Maybe a stupid old law isn’t so horrible after all. Pairing: Prince!Jeno x Dutchess!reader Trope: royalty au, arranged marriage au Genre: fluff Rating: PG Warning: language Word Count: 758 Note: for my Anniversary Event
Rai's Version
Tumblr media
“I don’t give a fuck that I need to get married by next spring.” Jeno bites in a low voice.
“Your Highness-” 
Jeno cuts off the royal advisor with a glare that could put anyone six feet under. Everything about this hundreds year old law was stupid. There was nothing logical about it anymore. Had this still been the 1800s or something, sure, but it was 2023. Why should he have to marry by the time he’s 24, and to someone of noble blood at that. There were plenty of people that weren’t of noble blood that would make fine rulers if given the proper training. It’s not even like people die young typically anymore, Jeno isn’t anywhere near death. Unless there was some freak accident in the palace walls, there was no way he was going anywhere.
“Jeno,” His father says in a quiet yet firm tone, “we gave you a chance to cooperate… your mother, the advisors, and I chose someone for you.”
“Like hell you did.”
His fathers face morphed into a simmering anger. Jeno knew he had pissed him off, he just couldn’t show it with the people around them. There was a knock on the door that cut through the tension in the room. After a small nod from the king, a servant stepped into the room quietly.
“She arrived.” She says meekly before bowing and leaving again.
“You brought her here?” Jeno asks, “You could’ve at least warned me before carting her all the way here.”
“It was bound to happen sooner or later son.” His father sighs, “You are engaged after all.”
As much as Jeno doesn’t want to deal with this, he knows he can’t avoid it. Letting out a sigh he pushes his dark hair out of his face and fixes his tailored white button-up. His bodyguard leads him out of the room and in the direction that his father had went. At least it’s nice out today, he thinks to himself. The sun is shining and as he looks out onto the gardens he notices his mother walking down one of the paths, parasol over her head.
“You seem thrilled to be getting married,” His bodyguard, Johnny, comments.
“You know I don’t want to get married… at least not yet.” Jeno sighs, “We both know whatever noble girl they’re sticking me with is probably spoiled rotten and horrible company.”
He and Johnny are friends despite what their roles in the palace are. From the moment Johnny was assigned to the crowned prince the two of them bonded and formed a friendship. They fill the rest of their walk to the garden with idle conversation. Nothing heavy given how sour Jeno’s mood is knowing he’s being forced into a marriage. 
“What if you end up liking her?” Johnny prods once they reach the oversized glass doors that lead to the garden.
“I doubt that I’ll-”
“Jeno!” The queen enthuses, a bright smile on her face, “Come! Come! Meet your fiancée!”
You turn around and give him a gentle smile. You know he’s not thrilled about getting married, that fact is known across your social class. All you can do is hope he won’t tear you to shreds the moment you speak. Jeno looks breathless though, not a single word escapes his perfectly pouty pink lips. Taking a few steps forward you stand a meer three feet from him.
“Your Highness,” You curtsy.
Jeno still doesn’t speak. You watch as his bodyguard tries to stifle a smirk from growing on his lips before nudging the prince. 
“Um- I- um-” he stutters, “Hi.”
“Are you always this well spoken, your highness?” You chuckle.
“I- uh-” He clears his throat, “Given our circumstances, I think calling me Jeno will suffice.”
You give him a sweet smile, “Well then Jeno, would you like to walk through the gardens with me? We have about two months to get to know each other before planning for our wedding starts.”
“Sure.” 
Goddamn it Jeno speak like a normal human. She’s just a dutchess you need to marry. Breathe and chill the fuck out.
“Johnny, give us a bit of space, okay? I don’t want to upset the soon-to-be crowned princess.”
His bodyguard, who you now know to be Johnny, nods and tries to stifle a smirk again. Jeno lets out a small sigh and offers his arm to you. You watch as he shivers slightly at your touch. The look on his face says it all; maybe this law wasn’t the worst thing in the world.
Tumblr media
COPYRIGHT STARLITMARK 2023© ALL RIGHTS RESERVED — reposting/modifying any fic or piece of original writing posted on this blog is not allowed. Translations are not permitted. 
Networks: @kwritersworld @k-vanity
Tag List: @jaehunnyy @ericssmile @anyamaris
109 notes · View notes
alreadyblondenow · 1 year
Text
Tumblr media
It’s a Love Story
Pairing: knight Jeno x princess reader (somewhat love triangle with prince Jaemin tho)
Genre: Smut, fluff, angst? Kingdom AU, Royalty AU
Warning: NOT PROOFREAD, unprotected sex, mentions of death, war, mentions of bruises, poverty, heavy cheating themes and I am no way promoting it, but its not cheating actually, mentioned of pregnancy
Note: inspired by Taylor Swift’s ‘Love Story’ and also this was ling overdue im sorry :( please enjoy
——————
It was a beautiful afternoon to hunt and enjoy the weather to its fullest as you continue to not care wether everyone in the palace is searching everywhere for you. You don’t care. As long as you get to enjoy this so little freedom that you have.
Steady as you point the arrow, aiming it to the deer in front of you. Clearing your mind before you release the arrow. A successful kill.
“Good aim. For a second there I thought you will waste a good chance to shoot it, but I was wrong… My lady”
You turn your back and see an unfamiliar face. A face you’ve never seen before even inside the palace. He could be your new bodyguard, but judging by the looks of his uniform, he belongs to a different royal family.
“And you are?” You ask with a gentle tone.
“Lee Jeno, my lady. I am prince Jaemin’s royal bodyguard. We are here in your land for your family invited us so you and prince Jaemin—“
“Okay I understand now,” you said. “Has my fiancé been well?”
“He’s excited to meet you. Although I didn’t quite expect I’d meet you first before him”
“Well I should I get back,” but you looked at the deer you just shot, hesitating to leave it.
“Would you like me to deliver it somewhere? It’s not proper for a lady to carry a big deer somewhere “ Jeno offered. Completely aware of your plan for you were easy to read.
You came closer to him without hesitation with a small smile on your face and turned towards the direction where the village is located. “There’s a small village there, look for their leader and give the deer to him”
And as you were telling the directions to Jeno, the man immediately noticed how pretty you are up close, how you smelled like expensive perfume and how you value gratitude. He didn’t quite expect that he will not be immune to your charms.
Jaemin is really lucky to have you.
By the time you got back, you immediately changed clothes and soon welcome your guest with your parents. It wasn’t easy to swallow your pride, even though you told to yourself a hundred times already that this is your duty to your family. And that marrying prince Jaemin can give you and your village the protection you can’t give them.
But if you were given the chance to love whom ever you wish to… you will pick someone who is not just warm on the outside, but on the inside too. Someone who has a kind heart, and will stay forever like that. And someone who will love the real you.
“Am I making you uncomfortable?”
Jaemin politely asks, noticing how your mind was not present at the moment. Scared that somehow you feel that his family is forcing you to marry him. But to be honest, you can’t blame him. For prince Jaemin is already madly and deeply in love with you, ever since you two were first introduced to each other.
“You changed a lot— I mean… the last time I saw you were… I think we were only 9 years old and I already had a crush on you”
“Oh calm down prince, you don’t need to flatter me,” you smiled and took away his worries. “And no you’re not making me uncomfortable. I too want to give this a try”
But after that meeting you kept prince Jaemin waiting for months and never showed up whenever he tries to make time for you or even visit you. You always have excuses and you try your best to avoid him. “I think you should meet him before he goes to war, your highness” Your trusted maid said to you. “His family’s army is the one keeping this palace safe” she added.
And so you followed what your maid suggested and finally took the courage to meet Prince Jaemin. With a heavy heart, and with a strong reminder to yourself that you are only meeting him to thank him for his family’s protection. That’s all.
“Come in- oh it’s finally you… I uh, I wasn’t expecting you princess I’m so sorry for the mess” You watch prince Jaemin as he hurries and fix the room that your people gave him. “I look like a mess. I was working with some urgent matters that’s why it’s messy when you came in” he explains and stutters, but you can’t help but to notice he was blushing and smiling like a fool.
“If you’re this busy why do you keep on trying to see me and waste your time” you chuckled awkwardly. “Thank you for your protection for my family. If it wasn’t for you we wouldn’t be safe” you added.
“It’s my duty” he answered fast while keeping his eyes on you. “We are ready to go to war, but making peace and negotiating is still the best solution” but you have to leave this place— for your own good.
“What about my family?”
“”The future queen’s safety is more important” your father’s choice of words, not mine” Jaemin explained, scared that you might hate him forever, scared that you might change your mind about the marriage. “Jeno will take care of you while were apart,” he said without further explanations. He noticed that your mind was somewhere else, you are close enough for him to touch you and bid you goodbye but he won’t do it. Simply because he can’t.
——
“You of all people knew that I can’t leave your side especially in times of war!” Jeno exclaimed to his friend. Yes, friend. Prince Jaemin is not his prince at this moment for he is getting angry as a friend. “I did not became a royal guard to babysit a princess—“
“You will guard and protect a part of my soul. Please do your job” Jaemin teases his friend.
“Part of my soul my ass, you’re not yet married— I’m not even sure if a wedding is gonna happen eventually!”
“Jeno please” Jaemin pleaded and tried to calm his friend. “You and y/n may not know each other yet but, she is the future of two kingdoms… and I love her”
“Love? You haven’t touch her yet, what you’re talking about is infatuation”
And that is the end of the conversation between the prince and his royal guard. Which of course Jeno followed what the prince commanded and escorted you secretly and away from the war and was forced to live a simple life. No servants, no expensive clothes, no palace… but you have first class protection.
At least you’re not forced to mary Jaemin sooner or later, you thought.
Maybe this escape is a blessing in disguise, you thought.
Maybe Jaemin would change his mind and decide to mary someone he loves too.
But amidst all these thoughts and all the time you devoted to overthinking, you can’t understand why Jeno, the guard you met in the whom you thought was nice and friendly, is suddenly cold as ice towards you. You’re not stupid. You can see that he is annoyed whenever you call his name, whenever you start a friendly conversation, and whenever you try to confront him.
“I just checked the house and it’s safe now” Jeno said after making sure the place was safe for you, but to be honest he wasn’t sure if it is comfortable enough for a princess.
As you enter the house, it was cold and old. Dust was everywhere and it’s like a shoebox you thought. Not to mention the company Jeno has is not that warming, unlike your first as time meeting each other. It was as if he is a totally different man right now. Oh you can’t wait to leave this place.
—-
Days
Weeks
Months
Have passed by quietly and uncomfortably. Your relationship remains the same and to be honest this has been that saddest you’ve ever been. Jeno got a job at the market, it was a tough job but he needed to earn money for the both of you. And when he comes home, he’s always tired but still he makes you dinner even though sometimes he skips meals just you can have a heavy meal.
And living like this made you feel that you’re such a burden for Jeno. You can’t do anything around here, even though you’re capable of doing anything. He just doesn’t know it yet.
“Jeno…”
You bravely whispered during his sleep. You noticed that he was tired today and forgot to make you dinner, but you don’t mind.
“Mmm?” He weakly answered.
“I want to go home” you said, even though you know the answer already. But unexpectedly, Jeno woke up from his sleep and got up real quick from the mat on the floor and went outside.
For Jeno, he’s sick and tired of all your whining… not knowing what you really feel. He felt small and most of the time not enough because this is only the life he can give you. Well, not that he have much of a choice, “You’re not even my wife, but I act like I’m your husband and everything I do is still not enough” Jeno murmurs. But little did he know… you followed him so you could apologize and hear your side.
But anger got the best of you.
“Well I didn’t told you to do such things! And more importantly I didn’t asked to be with you! Your prince insisted!” you exclaimed, and to his shock, Jeno burst into anger too and yelled at you.
“Well, do you think that I wanted to guard you? Who would want to be with you? All you do is eat, take a walk and be a burden! Future queen? You can’t even do anything let alone run a kingdom”
And that made your heart broke.
Weeks passed by uncomfortably again but this time it got worst. You secretly found a job as the town sweeper at the market and pay for your own meals to feed yourself. And whenever Jeno comes home, you leave the house and sleep on bench at the garden.
One night, you were gravely tired and your hand had bruises and redness all over. Jeno couldn’t just let you sleep like that. He immediately cleaned your hands and feet, and let you sleep soundly and comfortably.
The next day, hi efforts and kindness weren’t unnoticed. To give back, you prepared breakfast for the two of you before you two leave and go to your respective jobs.
“I think you should stop working- this type of work… isn’t for you. I’m sure there are a lot of other jobs there… just not this one…” he bravely asked of you. This time you see the worry in his eyes while he looks at your hand. You understand where this is coming from.
After that wonderful peace making, you and Jeno had nicer days and eventually you two became nicer to each other. At the end of each passing day, you two have long conversations until one of you sleep. A way to know and learn about each other. Suddenly each other’s company is all you need, and as days go by you two noticed that you’re becoming very close even sometimes physically close. You are now comfortable lying on Jeno’s lap while you read a book. Jeno can now pull you closer to him whenever he feels like being overprotective. You two have become incredibly close and slowly falling in love secretly in each other.
And that is a problem.
Soon you found a decent work at the town nursery. And everyone in town thought you two were a married couple… and you love how Jeno never deny it. He was happy and you can see it. And you can’t help but to be happy too because… now you know that your feelings are mutual.
A few months passed by, you and Jeno enjoyed your relationship to the fullest as if he wasn’t here to guard you and do his duty and you weren’t this precious gem of a huge kingdom. But whenever Jeno thinks about the reality, he just shook his head, look at you and thank the heavens for this given time with you. The future can worry for itself someday, he thought.
“What if we never go back?”
He murmurs while he hugs you tightly with his strong arms. The night was quiet and only the crickets from outside are the ones you can hear. You smiled sweetly and kissed his lips without warning just because you wanted the night to be even more beautiful.
That was your first kiss together.
His eyes went from sleepy to fully awake in no time and returned the kiss too. “Never going back isn’t such a bad idea” you tell him while raking his hair away from his face.
“Then let’s forget everything about them and start a new life together. What do you say?” He happily reached for your hand and kiss it more.
“Not until you ask me to marry you first” you bravely said to him.
“Oh I will- Oh Y/n you have no idea how much I want to spend the rest of my life with you” he said proudly, rolling on top of you and keeping you closer. His face was so near from yours, lips almost touching but it didn’t bother you.
“Have I told you that I started loving you the day we met at the forest?” He whispered softly and looked at you lovingly. His face was so calm, he looked so happy and you have to admit… you’ve never seen him happy like this.
“You’re suppose to protect me” you teased him and made his eyes roll. You let out a giggle and this time, it’s you who rolled on top of him. His body was hard as a rock, but his skin was soft, imperfect because of his battle scars but somehow still beautiful.
“Don’t get me wrong, I’m still protecting you,” he smiled and hugged you so you could come closer to him. “I’m protecting you in a different way now. I’ll protect you how a husband protects his wife,”
And from that moment on, you opened your heart for Jeno and Jeno only. Not thinking about Jaemin, not thinking about your family, not thinking about your responsibilities. He made you happy everyday, and even more happier the next days. Who would have thought that you will find love in the most simplest form. Back when you used to have anything and your life is full of riches, even the most expensive dress or perfume cant please you. But now that you have a simple life, the milk, bread, meat to eat that Jeno puts on the table every morning gives you so much joy because you knew how much hard work he has put into just so he can afford and food and feed you.
You’re happy and there’s no doubt about that.
One morning, when the sun hasn’t come up yet, you heard Jeno keeping himself busy at the garden. At times like this, the Earth was still quiet and peaceful, as if only you and Jeno has the world for yourselves now. You ask him, “what are you doing up so early?”
“Did I wake you up? Sorry,” he was obviously in a good mood. You see him making two garden chairs, one for you and one for him. He made you sit on your chair with a big smile on his face, excited and very happy. You wonder why
But suddenly… he pulled a small silver ring from his pocket and bend down on one knee.
“I’m sorry if this is all I can afford for now,” he was still smiling and happy waiting for your answer. Of course you said yes and went on the ground with him. As much as it hurts him removing the ring Jaemin gave you, he didn’t care because all he could think of is you.
The ring was simple but it weighs even more than that diamond ring Jaemin gave you. It weighs even more because you know how Jeno loves you and how it’s never going to be easy for the both of you if ever you go back.
As your lives went on and only beautiful days were happening, you couldn’t help but think about the future because you’re sure that you wouldn’t last a day without Jeno’s hugs, sweet and sincere kisses, and his love.
“What are you thinking?”He kissed your hand one too many times until his kisses became even more inviting to get your attention.
“I was just thinking about the future- maybe it would be easy for us to be in love if I was born a commoner right? Why do I have to be the queen” you sigh and came closer to him, he smells nice as always warm akin, strong built. As if nothing can tear you apart as long as he’s holding you like this.
“Don’t think about it” he smiled softly and put away bits of hair covering your face before kissing it. Then he started slowly with his hands creeping under your dress, all the way up to your underwear, slipping his cold hand inside it and tease your wet slit which you love. You smiled at the feeling of his rough hands against your skin, inviting him more to come to you by spreading your legs wider and pulling him closer.
He helped you remove your dress and underwear, you help him remove his trousers and well, he stopped you from removing his underwear, “you’re not fair” you protest, but he just continues to take the lead in bed, completely knowing that you dont know enough. He started making you weak by his soft kisses around your body, his hands is roaming around your thighs as well making sure that he has your whole attention.
“You’re beautiful. So beautiful” he whispers and started to touch your body in a way that is very new to you given that youre a virgin. You let out small sounds of approval, moaning his name deliciously which he love. Later on you feel him slowly going down on you, kissing your lower abdomen until he reaches your wet slit and lick it softly up and down. Of course you were shocked to the core that you immediately tried to get away from him but he only smirked and said, “you’ll love this trust me” he then kissed your lower abdomen again softly, all the way down to your wer slit, kissing is again like its your lips gently and careful not to schock you again “better?” He asked, you nod. And when his tongue made contact to your slit again you were back to moaning to hard and letting him know that you love it through your sounds. Of course, by the time you cum, he was teasing you for loving it, looking so ruin beneath him.
“Ready for the main event princess?” He whispered softly beside your ear, kissing you neck while you feel him spread your legs and tease your slit again. You giggle and put both of your arms around him, returning the kisses he gave you and making him feel good too. “You learn fast” he says while removing his underwear. And as soon as he was naked, you can feel the bulge on your thigh and he’s hard as a rock.
When he finally lines his cock on your hole, you felt nervous but at the same time excited and it’s obvious. So obvious that Jeno needed to reach for your hand and whisper “dont be nervous, this will feel good I promise”
And so you trusted him and let go. Of course it hurt, the stretch was giving you pain because he was so big but he was right, it feels good. Oh so slowly he was making you remember every second of this moment, kissing you from time to time and whispering sweet words. Then suddenly he removed his cock and began kissing every part of you, you don’t know why he’s doing this and quite frankly you miss him inside you already. “I know what you’re thinking” he teases you and gave you a few more kiss on the lips before he pushes back in slowly. This time it was far more better and the stretch felt good it’s addicting.
He thrust and thrust until he found your sweet spot, hitting it over and over again, making you moan while begging him to stop but you didn’t mean that. You love what he’s doing. And when the time you started clenching around his cock he knew you’re close to your release, he went closer to your body, fucking you close. He was looking at your eyes while you catch you breath and feel the tingle in your toes. He was just smiling sweetly with lidded eyes while watching you catch your high, until you feel him go deeper and faster, you couldn’t take it anymore but he was the one catching his release this time. He pulled you in for a hug, caging you with his strong arms and release a good amount of cum inside of you.
Both of your bodies are hot and you’re both catching your breaths with a smile on your faces. When Jeno’s cock gone soft immediately the white fluid from your hole was dripping and only one thing was on his mind that time. If he gets you pregnant, he will never return you to your family.
On the same night, you two talked until the sun comes up and make love for a couple of times again. It was the night you two started dreaming and planning for your future, he told you how he wanted to take care of you for the rest of your life and build a home with you. Somewhere your past cant find you. And you love that idea even though that mean abandoning your crown.
But just as life became even more sweeter for the two of you, an unexpected visit ruined your lives changed it in a matter of minutes.
The general of Jaemin’s army came to deliver the news personally that Jaemin did not make it through the battle field which made Jeno furious and angry that he started to punch the wall and hurt his hand. Screaming and blaming himself for not protecting his friend in times of need. You cant blame him, they were best of friends.
“This is all your fault!” He shouted towards you. And suddenly all those happy memories you had with became pointless and useless. It hurt you, his words hurt you but all you can do is stand up for yourself.
“Please bring me home general” you said sternly and made your way out. The general immediately followed your command and did not let Jeno come near you even though he said he was sorry and he didn’t mean what he said.
“Respect your future queen. Whatever happened in this place will stay in this place. Don’t tell a single soul about your relationship here— I can’t believe you betrayed your friend Jeno. Now go home! I will bring the princess back”
After you came back to your kingdom and family, you still can’t believe that Jaemin sacrificed his life to save your kingdom and his while you were secretly loving Jeno. What kind of queen are you?
You wanted to be alone. And so were left alone for days, even weeks.
The kingdom was healing and you wish you were too.
Until one day, you got sick and the word traveled fast around the kingdom. Everyone got scared because they thought they will lose their queen too. But one person was worried sick that he can’t calm himself until he sees you right before his eyes.
Jeno sneaked inside your room one peaceful night just to make sure you’re alright. Of course when he saw that you’re weak and sweating in your bed he didn’t think twice and came closer to you. He kneeled beside your bed quietly which made him recognize the ring on your table. He slowly grabbed it and tried putting it on your finger again while he feels his heart break slowly. “Why did you remove it?” He asked softly while asking you in your sleep, but you opened your eyes slowly and weakly tried to sit so you can see him better. Of course he helped you, he still cares for you.
“I didn’t mean what I said- please believe me, I love you” Jeno whispered and kissed you, oh you miss him.
“Did it ever cross your mind that maybe you’re pregnant?” He added with hopeful eyes, but even though you returned the kiss and you’re happy to see him now, this time you know that leaving your crown is not a right thing to do.
“I am not. The doctor said I was just sick,” and there Jeno just nodded and thank the heavens that it wasn’t a serious health issue. But he was really hoping that you were pregnant because that is the only way he could stay in your life. “I need you to protect Jaemin’s family and be their protector-“ you added but just before you could finish what you were about to say he cut you off and immediately got mad.
“So this is it then? You’re just gonna throw me like that, huh? Now you can command whatever because you’re queen?”
And just as you thought… he will hurt you with his words again.
“I love you. That’s why I’m like this. Please don’t send me away. I can love you from afar, but please this is too much“ he scoffed and begged you in his tears, reaching for hand and kiss it like how he did the first night you two made love, “do you understand? I can’t accept not seeing you everyday”
“You won’t like it when you see me marry Mark Lee”
And that is it.
You didn’t want to tell him but you have to.
“He’s not a prince, Y/n… i don’t understand… he’s just rich” Jeno rambled.
“But I need a husband soon and he’s a good person,” you said weakly.
“You’re not being fair! Im not a prince too and you loved me!” He was crying already and not letting go of your hand, “please Y/n”
Tears in your eyes were falling as you remove the ring and hand it over to him.
And then you wake up.
Your phone was ringing and the rain was crazy.
Jeno’s arm is around your waist and he was sleeping soundly, he didn’t even had the time to change his clothes. Maybe he was that tired you thought.
“You were crying in your sleep, why? I was worried I tried waking you up then I fell asleep, I’m sorry” Jeno said in a very tired voice.
“I had a really weird dream” you said honestly.
“Tell me” he said and pulled you closer,
“I was a queen and I was supposed to marry someone that is not you. Then we cheated and tried having a normal life together but still, destiny is not on our side, so I made you leave me”
“Well that’s some, love story shit baby haha” he laughed and hugged you tighter. “I’d love you from afar even if you throw me away and come back over and over again. Got that?”
You nodded sweetly. Happy that it was only just a dream.
“You’re mine, even in our next lives” he added
272 notes · View notes
dalivanmagritte · 11 months
Text
NCT FIC REC : MARK LEE
Tumblr media
back to the nct fic rec
watch me (fav, smut, voyeur!au)
flipside (fav, smut, racing!au)
lion boy (fluff, hogwarts!au)
dream girl (smut, college!au)
enchanted (fluff, fantasy!au, magicalschool!au, royalty!au)
at night (smut, spiderman!au)
bed of spiderwebs (fluff, crack, smut, spiderman,!au)
choking king (smut, spiderman!au)
flame (smut, dragon!au)
closed doors (smut)
falling for the cowboy (smut, farmer!au, cowboy!au)
limit (smut, hogwarts!au)
meeting death's son (angst, fluff, demigod!au, mythology!au)
first disgrace (fluff, demigod!au, mythology!au)
send in the clowns x haechan x jaehyun (smut, halloween!au)
quidditch and chocolate (fluff, hogwarts!au)
cherry flavoured thoughts (smut, perv nerd!au)
amortentia and quidditch (fluff, hogwarts!au)
succubus (smut, office!au)
massage (smut)
nice boy (smut, churchboy!au)
no clue (smut)
real talk (smut, cher!au)
runner x (smut, racer!au)
movie and a show x jaemin (smut)
sacrilège (smut, slight cnc, religious!au)
animal instinct : the untamed (smut, lion!mark, dubcon)
all the rage (DUBCON, blackmailing, smut)
shoplifter x jeno (DUBCON, smut, bodyguard!au, stepfather!au)
109 notes · View notes
kpop-kitkat · 1 year
Text
In Love with the Villain | Lee Jeno
Tumblr media
pairing | villain!lee jeno x princess f!reader
genre/cw | angst, fluff, medieval au, royalty au, blood, injury, sexual themes, very slightly suggestive, mutual pining, forbidden love, happy end 
wc | 2.2k
notes | none. felt good writing this though
✧・゚: *✧・゚:* *:・゚✧*:・゚✧✧・゚: *✧・゚:* *:・゚✧*:・゚✧  
Y/n sighed as she sat on the cold floor of the witch king's dungeon. Her home away from home. She picked up a little stone and threw it against the wall. 
Y/n was the princess of Kyoto. And a neighboring kingdom, Tokyo, ruled by the witch king Kangyeon, were the sworn enemies of her kingdom. And despite her father's best efforts to keep his daughter safe and locked away, she always managed to be captured and taken to the same old dungeon, by the same old person. Lee Jeno, the right hand man to the witch king himself. But Mark, Y/n's bodyguard and assumed love interest, always managed to rescue her from the deep depths of the castle. It became a never ending cycle that she had began to grow bored of. She didn't even fear them anymore.
 "Hello darling," an all too familiar voice spoke.
 "Hello love," Y/n replied, playing along with Jeno's flirtatious antics as she grasped the metal bars that trapped her.
 "How's the temperature in there? Too cold? Too hot?" He asked, as if he really cared.
 "Just lovely," she deadpanned, looking him dead in the eyes with a tilt of her head.
He laughed, leaning against the stone pillar that was always in front of her cell. "Good." 
 Y/n rolled her eyes to the back of her head as she took a seat on the not-so-comfortable stone chair, the only furniture in her cell. "He'll come for me, you know. Just like he always does."
 "Oh yes, the boyfriend. How could I forget," he chuckled sarcastically, a bit annoyed when she mentioned Mark. "You know, you always talk about him like he's heaven sent and just the perfect human being, but I wouldn't say you're exactly in love with him," Jeno began.
 "What's it to you? You hate me and my people," she raised an eyebrow.
 Jeno thought before walking over to the metal bars, holding onto them over his head as he leaned against them. He looked her up and down before locking eyes with her again. "Right," he simply replied, leaving the bars to lean against his favorite stone pillar in the entirety of the castle.
 "You confuse me, Lee Jeno. You hate me. You capture me anytime I've wandered too far from my castle, yet here you are, flirting and trying to get all personal with me," Y/n reasoned.
 "Don't flatter yourself darling," he chuckled with a shake of his head, before walking closer to her cell, again. "I'm merely bored and have nothing to do. Besides, you being flustered is a rare sight."
 "Flustered? You mean annoyed, right?"
 "There isn't much of a difference when it comes to you," he smirked, giving her a seductive wink before leaving the dungeons.
Lee Jeno was one confusing man.
Just after he'd gone, the hero had arrived. Quietly opening her cell, Mark came to the rescue, right on cue. "Are you alright?" He asked, looking her over for any injuries.
 "I'm fine," she sighed. "Let's just get out of here."
 "Of course," he nodded looking around, making sure they weren't seen before making his way back through where he came in. Y/n knew the path very well, and she was surprised that the enemy hadn't learned from their mistakes and made the area more heavily guarded.
Mark then led Y/n to the horse he had ridden there, and he helped her up behind him after he climbed on. The horse's name was Lucky, the old faithful. Though an old horse, he had seen Mark through many battles and rescues of the princess. 
Once they had arrived back at the castle, the people cheered seeing their princess was safe and sound. And her father, the king himself, emerged from the crowd and made his way towards her. "I want you to stay in your room for the rest of the night, I'm afraid I can't take any chances," he sighed.
 "I understand father," she nodded, allowing Mark to escort her there, like always.
Once there, Y/n turned to Mark. "Thank you again," she smiled.
 "Of course. Sleep well, princess," he said in a low voice before taking his leave.
That night, sleep was hard to accomplish for the princess. She lay, wide awake, staring up at the ceiling as she hugged her figure, dressed in a beautiful white nightgown. Her mind wandered until it fell on Jeno. As much as she hated to admit it, she'd grown rather fond of the villain, in a way a princess should not, for someone like him. And even more regrettably, she couldn't see a future with Mark and herself. Her father wanted them together. Mark wanted them together. The whole kingdom wanted them together. But she didn't. And if everyone knew about her little sinful crush, she'd be looked down upon with much distaste. And as a princess, she knew she had a reputation to keep.
She was brought out of her thoughts when she noticed a silhouette show through the curtains of the glass doors that led to her balcony. She propped herself up on her hands as she removed her blanket, getting up from the bed. Carefully, she opened the door, revealing an ethereal looking Jeno, as he sat on the stone railing on the balcony. He glanced over towards her with a mischievous glint in his eyes. She gasped and took a step back. "You, what are you doing here?!" She whisper shouted.
He ignored her question and walked towards her before brushing past her, entering her room. Y/n rolled her eyes and closed the door behind her before walking over to him angrily. "I asked you a question, Lee."
 He chucked lowly before looking at her as he leaned against the wall. "I was coming here to take you back to our castle, but I've grown bored of that. So tonight, I thought I might try something different. Something other than taking you captive," he explained, confusing her.
”What did you have in mind?” She raised an eyebrow. 
He sighed before taking very slow steps towards her. “Y/n, you might not want to hear what I’m about to tell you.”
”But I do want to hear,” she countered. “Please just tell me already. You’ve been acting like you’ve been wanting to say something to me for years,” she accused. 
“Really?” He folded his arms, still walking closer.
”Yes really, now get it over with, Lee.”
”Well Y/n,” he breathed out, getting a little too close for her liking, so she sat on the bed. “Frankly I’m… in love with you,” he said, his hand coming under her chin to lift it slightly, meeting her gaze.
She smirked. “Could you be any less obvious? I figured that was true,” she chuckled. 
“Don’t act like you didn’t want to hear me say those words darling,” Jeno caressed her cheek. He sat on the bed beside her. He then grabbed her hand before leaning in towards her ear. “Because I know you love me too.”
She shuddered at the sensation but turned towards him. “It’s just my one little sin. Falling in love with the villain.”
He smirked once again before holding the back of her neck, bringing her in for a loving kiss. She immediately responded and moved to where she was sitting on his lap, hands on his face as their lips moved in sync. Jeno left a few kisses down her neck before he suddenly pulled away and hugged her tightly, and she hugged back. “I don’t want you to resent me anymore, Y/n. I don’t want to be the villain in your story.”
For once, Jeno was sincere, rather than sarcastic and flirty like normal. And Y/n loved it. “I don’t want you to be that either, Jeno,” she pulled away, smiling at him. “We can start over, run away from this place.”
”You read my mind,” he whispered before kissing her again. But as he did, the door suddenly burst open. 
“Get your hands off of her!” Shouted Mark, rushing forward with numerous royal guards at his side. Together, two of them grabbed Jeno’s upper arms, pulling him away from Y/n as he struggled.
”Jeno!” She screamed. “Let him go!”
”Don’t worry princess, you’re safe now,” Mark assured.
”No! He wasn’t hurting me, please! Don’t take him!” She demanded. “I am your princess, listen to me!” She exclaimed, rushing forward to try and pry Jeno out of their tight grip.
”I’m sorry Y/n, but by order of the king, Lee Jeno shall be executed for his countless crimes,” Mark announced.
“No, please!” She struggled as two other guards held her in place. 
”Y/n… it’s okay,” Jeno stated calmly with a smile, no longer resisting their hold. 
“Jeno…” she breathed out shakily, a tear falling down her face. “Don’t let them do this…”
”I’m sorry,” he hung his head as the guards dragged him out of there.”
”Jeno!” She let out a blood curdling scream, ripping Jeno’s heart in half. She fought and fought, but couldn’t be free of them. Afterwards, they locked her in her room. She banged on the door. “Let me go!” She pounded until her hands began bleeding from the impact. She sunk to her knees, head resting against the door. “Please…”
~~~~~
The next morning was the day of Jeno’s excecution. And many from the surrounding villages came to witness this great day. Kyoto would finally be at peace without the witch king’s right hand man being a constant threat.
And Y/n knew this. But she was locked away, forbidden from participating, knowing she would protest and cause issues. But a locked door never stopped her. She tied various dresses of hers, making a makeshift rope. Making sure the coast was clear, she threw the rope over the edge of her balcony, reaching the stone floor below. Quickly and quietly, she slid down the rope with ease, and made her way to the throne room, where the execution was being held.
”Today is a very memorable day. For Lee Jeno, a man long been a threat to our lives, shall be executed,” the king announced, as cheers sounded everywhere. 
Y/n found it sickening how people cheered for somebody’s death. It was never a happy thing, no matter who it was or what they had done. And sadly, only she could see that.
Jeno looked as if he was in pain as two guards roughly pushed him forward, towards the center of the throne room. The executioner, a big, tall man clad in black, entered with a sword in hand. Jeno hung his head, knowing this was the end for him. But little did he know, Y/n was disguised in the crowd. And just before the executioner could even touch Jeno with his blade, Y/n threw herself in front of him, causing the crowds to gasp. 
“Y/n my daughter, what ever are you doing?” The king asked, almost laughing. 
“You can’t kill him father, I… I won’t let you. I love him,” she admitted, the crowd in even more surprise. Mark was especially surprised. The girl he thought was in love with him, was actually infatuated with a villain, his own enemy.
”Y/n, stop this nonsense, you can’t love a villain,” the king scoffed in disbelief.
”But I do,” she admitted. “He isn’t going to hurt anyone anymore, he’s changed. And… he loves me, just as much as I love him,” she explained, looking into Jeno’s eyes. “And I can’t live without him.”
Jeno smiled warmly at the princess, to whom his heart belonged.
The king sighed heavily. “As your king, I remove the criminal charges from Lee Jeno’s record, and hear by grant him freedom.”
Despite the crowds previously cheering for his death, they cheered now for his sparing. Y/n threw herself at Jeno, hugging him tightly. “I was so worrried,” she sighed.
“I love you so much,” he whispered into her ear, stroking her head.
She leaned into his chest, breathing in his scent and sighing deeply. And she thought nothing could’ve wrecked this happy moment of hers. But she was proved wrong when she suddenly felt a sharp pain in her back. An arrow had pierced right through her. She whimpered at the painful sensation, losing her grip on Jeno and falling into his arms. 
“Y/n!” He gasped, seeing the tip of an arrow poke through her lower abdomen. The blood seeped through her white and gold dress.
”Jeno…” she choked out, crying as dark blood leaked from her mouth. “I can’t… breathe…” she gasped, clutching his tunic tightly as she looked fearfully into his eyes.
”I’m not giving up on you,” he stated, lifting her up from the ground and carrying her to a place where she could be tended to. This action even put him on good terms with the king. “I’m not giving up on you.”
~~~~~
Y/n felt like she was hit by a chariot when she woke. She held a hand to her head as she looked around the bright room. She glanced down at her white nightgown before standing, stretching out her limbs. She walked over to the balcony which overlooked the gardens below and sighed, the sunrise giving a very peaceful ambiance. She smiled when she felt arms around her waist and a kiss on the back of her neck. “Good morning darling.”
She turned around and looked up at Jeno as his arms trapped her on either side. “Good morning.”
257 notes · View notes
ljxlj48 · 9 months
Text
My Duty As Princess
Chapter 07
Tumblr media
Lee Jeno x fem reader
in collaboration with @urlocaltrash28
preview, 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10, epilogue
Genre: arranged marriage au! royalty au!
Warnings: none
Word Count: 5K+
Author's Note: I'm not back guys, honestly. To give a little update, I stopped writing because it stopped being fun. I only wanted to do this, if it continued to be fun and after a while it stopped being fun. Right now, I'm in such a better place that writing is starting to be fun again, but there's no telling if I'm actually going to continue to put out content. Thinking of something to write, is actually a lot of work lmaooo. I will say that, I will never delete any of the content I have out. This page and all the stories will be here for whenever you guys want to enjoy them. hugs and kisses to anyone reading <3
-----------------------
When the Princess and I returned to the palace, night had already fallen.  We tried to quietly usher our way to my chambers, after entering did we notice a parade of people awaiting for us.  Father sat at my desk chair, Mother and Taeyong stood behind him. Mark, Haechan, and Jaemin sat on the couch, the three of them looked to be making themselves comfortable.  Grandma Lee and Grandmother Na sat on the two chairs that were on one side of the room.  There was more standing around, I spotted Chan, Hyunjin, Johnny was with them huddled in one corner, Lord Park stood lonely in another part of the room, Fei and Mei were in front of my bedroom doors.  Lord Na and Lady Na were also here, the two of them stayed near Grandmother Na.
“My boy,” Father said when he saw me enter the room. 
“What is the meaning of this?” I asked, looking around the room, full of people. 
“Now my son,” Mother started off making her way towards me, I took a step back when she came near, it felt like I couldn’t trust any of them.  
“Lord Park has asked to speak with the Princess,” Taeyong said, his tone was all business, Taeyong was never the type to sugar coat things.  Lord Park stepped forward at the mention of his name. 
“I would like to formally apologize to your royal highness,” He got down on one knee, lowering his head, arm over his heart, “for the actions of my children.”  I reached down for the princess’ hand, which she easily took. “I did not know of their plans or their intentions.” 
“Then why apologize?” The princess asked, her tone matching the one she used on me when she was angry.  She stood tall in front of the kneeling Lord. 
“Excuse me, your highness?” Lord park looked up at the princess, as did the rest of the room.  
“Why apologize for actions that you did not know about, and actions you could not have prevented.  Quite frankly, it feels like you're apologizing because you know it would save face, not because you really want to.  Don’t be ashamed, Lord Park, you would marvel at my death, the prince could go back to your daughter and you could have royal status after their wedding.  You are not sorry about the actions of your children, you are sorry they did not succeed, and you are apologizing to me because you need to save face.  Make yourself look like an innocent bystander in order to remain in power.” The princess paused, taking a deep breath, then she spoke again, “Lord Park, I do not despise you.  To be fair, I do not have room in my heart, nor time in my day, nor space in my mind to hate you, but I do feel absolute pity for you. Pure pity, for your son has committed treason against two kingdoms in a single night, and I do not know how your image will recover from such actions.  I do, however, trust that you will not take any more violent actions against me again, considering, should your family fail again, you could be faced with much more dire consequences.” 
“Of course, your highness, I can assure you no harm will come to you from my family ever again,” Lord Park looked down again, red rising to his ears.  I wanted to laugh, everything the princess said was the truth, that wasn’t meant to be spoken.  
“Is this all you had for us?” I asked my father. My tone, coming off more rude than I initially intended, I directed my gaze to my father, it felt as if he was a stranger ready to disrupt any little happiness I had with the Princess.
Father opened his mouth to speak, but Taeyong beat him to it,  “Hansol took a plea deal, he’ll get 25 years in prison for attempted murder,” 
“I want to see him,” the princess cut off Taeyong before he could continue on.  The attention of the room back on the princess, Taeyong's face was clear that he was not gonna let that happen, watching his reactions allowed me to remain calm. “General, will you please let me see him,” the princess let go of my hand, she stepped closer towards my brother, “I need to see the man that nearly killed me.” 
Taeyong’s face shifted, like he understood her request, he nodded.  “No,” my mouth opened to speak before my brain could form a reason, but I know she can’t see him, “no, you’re not stepping a foot anywhere near that man,” I felt tempted to shove Taeyong’s head through the glass balcony door, for even considering agreeing to the princess’ request.
“Jeno,” the Princess spoke, her voice soft. 
“No,” I know my voice came out too rude, she flinched, and I saw the minute fear flash before her, this isn’t what I wanted.  I took a breath before speaking again, “(y/n), no.” 
“Jeno,” Taeyong’s tone, I knew where this was going, his tone was the same one as when he scolded me for punching Haechan, after he stole my car for a joyride.  To be fair, I was aiming for the wall, Haechan just got in the way.  “This is the princess’ decision,” he took a breath, almost like he feared to say more, “you don’t have reason to prevent her from seeing him, should she choose too.” 
I let out a breath, turning my attention back to the princess, “you’re not going alone.”  She smiled and nodded, I felt like I couldn’t breathe for a second there.  
“The news of the attack has been kept within the palace walls, but the people will notice something is wrong, especially with the wedding approaching so fast, there’s more eyes on the two of you than normal.” Taeyong continued on and looked at me.  
“We think the Princess should make a charity appearance at the ladies luncheon for the war relief programs.  It would do good if the Princess attended, she can show the people that she is willing to help Northcy war victims as well.” Grandma Lee spoke, she was standing up from her chair, she looked at me.  They were all asking the princess of things, but they looked to me, as if I was the princess.  
“(y/n), if you’re not ready, you don’t need to come,” Lady Na, I should say Aunt Jennie, spoke, she made her way towards the princess, taking the princess’ free hand in her own.  Her eyes only met the princess’, I looked at the princess too.  The princess was looking back at me, is that why everyone was looking at me, because so was the princess?  I squeezed her hand and nodded.  
“I shall be there,” she let out a breath, looking to the room, “Queen Hye-young is right, it’ll be good to make an appearance.” Her hand started to shake, she wanted to do this, needed to do this, but it didn’t mean she didn't fear it.  
“Leave, all of you,” I wanted to relax, we needed to relax, to forget this just for a moment longer, “just leave.” I pulled the princess towards my bedroom, they started to file out of my room.  A few strayed, I stopped right in front of my door, watching them leave. I let the princess into the bedroom.  Mark was at the chamber door, Jaemin and Haechan on his side.  Chan, Hyunjin, Fei and Mei stayed behind as well.  “Why don’t you guys stay, I’ll be back out in a minute.” 
I entered the bedroom, seeing the princess sitting on the bed, typing on her phone. “Princess,” I reached out to pull at the princess, “there's people outside for us.” 
“More people?” She questioned, looking tired.
“Friends.” We both walked back into the seating area, seeing our friends standing and sitting around.  “Just relax,” I whispered in the princess’ ear.  
-
We sat there, and talked, and exchanged stories, and laughed, and relaxed. I looked at the princess, she was smiling, laughing, and relaxing. There were so many bad things that had happened. I just wanted her to calm down, I wanted her to feel safe.  
“Don’t forget the time Jeno almost got the princess to leave Northcy,” Jaemin laughed out, grabbing my attention.  I tried to signal him to shut up, but obviously he didn’t notice me.  There was a silence that fell over the room.  
“Huh? What are you talking about?” the princess questioned exchanging looks with Chan. 
“He didn’t…” Jaemin looked at me wide eyed, “I’m sorry, I misspoke.” 
“No I don’t think you did,” the Princess said, giving me a look. 
“Look, I am so so sorry, I was being selfish,” I’m scrambling for words, anything to make this better, pleading she's not too angry with me, “I wasn’t thinking straight, I just wanted out of this marriage.  You know how it was…”  The Princess was looking at me with a smirk, as she began to laugh.
“Jeno, calm down, I’m not mad,” she spoke, still giggling away.  I must’ve looked like a madman.
“You’re not?” Why isn't she mad, I would be mad, she should be furious with me, she has every right to be. 
“No, I probably would’ve done something similar if I was in your position, but now I owe Chan 5 mons,” she laughed more, shaking her head.  
“What?” I looked at Chan and he just smiled at me.  
“When we got back to the palace, after leaving the airport, Chan made the joke that he bet this was the prince’s idea to get out of the union, I said you’re on.” I don’t know if I should be relieved or worried, “your highness, I should, and would be angry with you, heavens know you deserve it” she took a deep breath, “but having nearly died," she paused, it looked as if her eyes became glossy for a second, blinking away any tears she continued on, "I don’t want to waste time being angry with you”  She smiled at me, her eyes were caring, filled with something.  We stared at each other for a moment, a time stopping moment.  I stared at her, I could hear the breath she let out, the calm beat of her heart, the flutter of her eyelashes, I never felt more captivated by another person.  
The rest of the evening went on, I don’t think I ever took my eyes off the princess.  I wanted to memorize every word, breath, tick she let fall past her lips.  I can’t recall a single thing that Jaemin, Mark, or Haechan said that night, but I could tell you that the princess covers her mouth with the back of her hand whenever she's about to laugh too hard.  Or that she tucks her hair behind her ear when she's being teased, or that she raises her ears when her name is mentioned, or that she sticks out her tongue, licking her bottom lip when she has something to say.  It seemed as if the princess had me under a spell where I could only pay attention to her.  I must say I don’t mind being spellbound to her.  
-
The next morning , when you awoke the sunlight was peering into the room.  You opened your eyes, and for an eighth of a second you forgot the events of the past two days, until you felt the arm draped over your waist.  Sleeping in the same bed as Jeno the past two nights has been more comforting than you could’ve imagined.  You slid out from Jeno’s embrace, grabbing your phone from the nightstand, and you called your mom.  You haven’t spoken to her since last week, the last thing she knew was that you and Jeno were getting along nicely, and you didn’t think this marriage was gonna be that bad.  
You wore another pair of Jeno’s sweats and an old shirt, his old clothes being more comfortable than any couture pajama sets you had.  You slipped on one of his hoodies, exiting the bedroom, to call your mom.  As the phone rang, you sat on the couch, staring out the glass balcony doors, watching the snow, the kingdom has been covered for nearly a week now.  The palace being in the mountains, the snow was always falling, never melting, you were finally getting adjusted to the cold, but still always wearing long pants and long sleeve tops.  
When your mom finally answered the phone, the sound of her voice moved you to tears.  You weren’t the closest to your mom, but after your sisters died, you two became more dependent on each other.  You were her only child left, and she was the only one that could tell you more about your siblings.  You explained everything that has happened since you last talked to her.  Not a single detail escaping your retelling.  Your mother listened attentively, asking questions far too often for the average storyteller. By the time you finished, she was almost convinced that she needed to hop on a jet to come up there and save you.  You laughed, telling her that you’re starting to feel better.  You’re ready to move on past the whole event, you need something new to focus on.  Your mother reminding you that a wedding should be a good distraction, especially considering her and your father are to be arriving in exactly one week.  
“I should just come up there now, say I’m there to help you prepare for the wedding,” your mother stated from the other side of the line.  
“Mother,” you laughed out, “I will be okay for another week without you or daddy.  Not to mention Queen Jaeyeon really took care of everything for the wedding, all I really need to do is show up.” 
There was a knock at the chamber doors that took half your attention, “are you sure there’s everything you wanted?” Mother questioned you, you opened the chamber doors to see Mei and Fei on the other side. 
Moving out of the way to allow them to enter, “in all honesty mother, I don’t know if there’s gonna be anything I like or want.”  
“What do you mean? You had a say, right?”  Your mother questioned from the other side. 
“I did mother,” you placed one hand over the mic, now looking at Mei and Fei, “what are you guys doing here?” Lifting your hand from the mic, “but I didn’t really use my say,” you spoke to your mother. 
“You have a final dress fitting this morning,” Mei responded back gently.
“Why didn’t you use your say?” Mother barked into your ear at the same time. 
You nodded at Mei, “Mother I was too busy trying to find a way out of my wedding to focus on making decisions for it,” covering the mic again, “I need you guys to go to my chambers and find me something more appropriate to wear,” you say, this time speaking to Mei and Fei. 
“Why can’t we use the clothes you have here?” Fei asked, making her way to the bedroom, your mother scoffing in your ear at the same time.  
“Well did you get your surprise yet?” Your mother questioned you, you were signaling at Mei to get her sister.  
Covering the mic still, “Fei, No, the prince is still asleep,” Fei stopped the door slightly ajar.  Quietly closing the door, again, Fei turned around bowing in apology to you.  “What surprise, mother?” you question your mother on the line. 
“We’ll find you something,” Mei whispered, dragging Fei out of the chambers behind her. 
“Oh,” was all your mother said before rushing to end the call.  You looked at the phone, seeing the line going dead.  You sighed, but truly feeling better that you talked to her about everything that had happened.  
The bedroom doors open up to Jeno standing on the other side, “good morning,” you speak up gently. He smiled a soft gummy smile at you, causing a fit of giggles to come up. Coming up to you, holding you into his embrace. 
“Good morning,” his voice the exact opposite of his smile. He was still tired, you could hear it in his voice.  
“I spoke to my mother this morning, she asked if I got my surprise yet,” Jeno threw his head back and groaned, you couldn't help but giggle a little, “what’s my surprise?” 
“Don’t you have somewhere to be this morning?” Jeno let go of you walking away.  
“You’re not answering my question,” you watched Jeno’s back, as he pulled off the shirt he was wearing, making his way into the closet.  You never quite took notice on how physically fit Jeno was until this moment.
“You didn’t answer mine,” Jeno responded back, still in the closet, you sat on the edge of the bed waiting for him, to walk back out
“I asked first,” you and Jeno moved about each other as if this was how the two of you have been living for a lifetime. Something so routine, you could only hope this is exactly how life would play out after the wedding.
“You’ll see your surprise soon enough,” Jeno came out of the closet in a new dress pants, shoving his dress shirt in.  The top buttons still undone, as he was zipping up his pants, your eyes raking over his body, pulling your lip in between your teeth.  “Princess,” Jeno said, grabbing your attention, his face having a knowing look.  He came up to you, pulling at your chin forcing you to look at him, but the top few buttons of his shirt remained undone.  
“Let me help you,” you said softly, pulling your face out of his grasp, you stood from the bed, now doing the buttons for him.  You could feel him watching your fingers move, slightly brushing against him, you were overly focused on doing the buttons. Jeno cleared his throat grabbing your attention, you stepped back, the blush dancing across your cheeks. “What is your schedule like today?” you asked, turning back around to walk into the bathroom, stopping yourself from helping anymore. 
“I have a meeting with Taeyong and Father this morning about the Parks, then after that I have a council meeting to attend.  The acts of Jisung are considered treason, they need to be brought to the entire council's attention,” Jeno followed after you into the bathroom, no wonder he was dressed so formally you thought.  
“What's going to happen to him?” You looked at Jeno through the vanity mirror.  You could see Jeno adjusting a tie around his neck in the mirror.  
“Currently there’s a formal investigation conducted by the palace guard unit, from there he will be taken to court before the council, privately because of his family’s power.  His crimes being of a higher regrade, Father will carry out sentencing personally.  You will be asked to make a statement.”  You felt your breath hitch, you didn’t like this.  You just wanted this nightmare to disappear already.  Jeno fixed his watch on his wrist, checking the time, “I’ve got to go princess,” Jeno came up beside you kissing you on the cheek, you leaned into his touch.  The act felt routine, but foreign at the same time.  Jeno pulled on a vest, buttoning it, before grabbing his jacket,  “I’ll see you tonight at dinner,” it looked like he wanted to say more but opted not to. You nodded watching him leave, from your position in front of the vanity mirror. 
You sat there for a minute just examining your neck, the bruises were in full bloom, you began to cover them up, trying to erase any memory of them.  There was a knock on the door signaling that Fei and Mei were back.  You just shouted for them to come in. The two of them bringing you a more than appropriate outfit, they stayed with you escorting you to everything through the day.  
-
“I’ll see you tonight at dinner,” ‘I love you,’ I should say it, I’m going to say, I have to say it.  I don't say it, opting to just leave instead.  I made my way to my father's private drawing room. What I didn’t tell the princess was that the investigation is over, sentencing will be tomorrow.  The question is not about who did the crime, but more of who aided and abetted the crime. 
When I entered the room, Father and Taeyong were already talking amongst themselves, I sat down across from Taeyong. The two of them exchanged a look, “we showed Jisung the video footage of the Jisoo when she was talking to Johnny and when she was talking to Mark, he,” Taeyong paused giving father a glance, to which father just nodded, “he confessed to Jisoo being the one behind the plan, and he just hired the attacker, however he refuses to put it on paper. He’s refusing to turn against her, both of them will be brought forward in trial.  However, there isn't any hard evidence against her, everything at the moment is circumstantial. It will be difficult for the council to unanimously agree to convict.” 
“Majority of the council is aware there is something going on through the whispers of everyone but the official ruling will be held tomorrow, the princess will be expected to give a statement.”  Father spoke, I internally groaned at the thought.  
“I assume the princess’ own maids  have been keeping her informed of everything that has been discussed by everyone, but you will still need to go over everything with her.  She can not be surprised by anything that is said tomorrow.” Taeyong said, looking at me, I could tell that he cared, he always did what he could to protect those around him.  “Jeno, we’re trusting you to go over the evidence with her, emotionless.  The council is prepared to rip her story apart piece by piece.  If you can’t make sure she’s prepared, let us know now.” 
“I will go over everything with her, she knows she will be asked to make a statement,” I let out, I would do anything to go back to yesterday when I didn’t have to deal with this.  I would much rather deal with that priest than having to walk the princess through the steps of a trial.
“We have to go through everything front and back, we need to make sure that we cannot allow the council to misinterpret anything,” I nodded my head, Taeyong pulled out the files, the three of us going through every piece of information. 
-
You stood in the middle of a room that was turned into a salon. There was a panel of mirrors, and a platform, like one would use for dress shopping. There was a section divider for one to change, as well as a seating area, you looked around the room. There was no one here except you, Fei and Mei. 
Suddenly the doors opened to reveal Queen Jaeyeon, Grandma Lee, Grandmother Na, and a team of people just swarming in. You felt the energy leave your body, the swarm of people filling you with exhaustion, you exchanged a look with Fei.  Fei just shrugged and shook her head. 
“My daughter,” Queen Jaeyeon called out, you still cringed at the nickname.  She pulled you into an embrace, she was so much smaller than her son, but the embrace held so many similarities.  You had been away from him for less than a quarter of the day but you longed for him and his calming presence.  “Are you ready to try on your dress?” 
“I am,” you answered.  Queen Jaeyeon had insisted you wear her wedding dress, there were certain design changes made to try to replicate your perfect dress, but it just wasn’t it.
Queen Jaeyeon signaled to someone, they brought forward a box. The person, the seamstress, showed you the contents of the box, it didn’t look like Queen Jaeyeon’s dress at all. The seamstress and two other girls pulled the dress out, it was your mother’s dress.  The sight bringing tears to your eyes, never in a million years did you think that your mothers dress was your dream dress.  However now, seeing it before you, you couldn’t imagine anything more perfect.  
“What a beautiful dress, but that’s not Jaeyon's I thought she was gonna wear yours Jaeyeon?” Grandmother Na said examining the dress, neither her or Grandma Lee attended your earlier dress fittings.  
“She was, but Jeno had another idea,” Queen Jaeyeon answered, looking at you, gauging your reaction.  She was initially resistant to the idea of you not wearing her dress, however Jeno already made the arrangements before informing her.  Now watching you almost being brought to tears by the sight, she knew Jeno made the right call.  
“This was Prince Jeno’s idea?” This is what your mother was talking about, your surprise.  
“He said that it was unfair to you.  You were forced to have a wedding in a foreign place, surrounded by foreign people, so to offer some semblance of a wedding you would have liked, he got your mother to send her own dress.” Queen Jaeyeon looked at you like one would to their own daughter, and you so much longed for your own mother, you opened your mouth to ask ‘how.’  “He made the called about a month ago, finding it, sending it to the seamstress to be altered, and some details were added based on what you said, it arrived just a little while ago, in time for the last fitting,” Queen Jaeyeon answered all your questions, and you couldn’t stop the smile spreading across your face.  
“Thank you,” you bowed lowly to Queen Jaeyeon, you felt so much gratitude, it overwhelmed you.  
You changed into the dress, standing on the platform looking at yourself in the mirror, you felt like a bride.  The compliments flowing from everyone were endless, you glanced at Fei and Mei, both of whom nodded in approval, but it didn’t calm your nerves nearly as much as you thought.   Everything was perfect in every way, but it still didn’t feel right, you needed something else, something more.  “Fei, Mei,” you whispered to call their attention, the two of them ushered over to you, “I want everyone to leave, and I want Chan, please.”  The two nodded their heads and made quick work of it.  Before you even turned back around, everyone was leaving, you don’t know what lie Fei said to get them to leave but you were thankful, and Met set off to get Chan. 
You waited a mere 10 minutes before the door opened again, this time, Mei was accompanied by Chan and Hyunjin.  The two boys ushered in looking around confused, not entirely understanding the reason for their presence.  You smiled at the sight of confusion, it reminded you of times long forgotten.  
“Princess,” Hyunjin bowed, and you grimaced, he looked up to you, “(y/n),” he apologized.  It was an unspoken thing between you and Hyunjin, he would call you ‘princess,’ if you nodded along, he was your guard, if you flinched, he called you ‘(y/n)’ as an apology and he was your friend.  “What’s wrong?” he plopped down onto the couch casually, you enjoyed seeing him relax, it put you at ease to remember he was still a friend.  
Chan stood further back than you would like, taking in all of you in that dress.  You had no idea how many times Chan imagined you in a wedding dress, he just hoped that when it became a reality he was standing at the end of the aisle, not in a salon.  “My princess,” Chan finally let out a breath.  
“What do you think?” The question was meant for everyone, but it was directed to Chan. The rest of the group turned to Chan, watching his every move.  They held their breath, waiting for either of you to make a move. 
Chan took a deep breath, reminding himself you were not his fiancée, “you look absolutely stunning,” he smiled at you fondly.  
“Do you really think so?” You turned back around examining yourself in the mirror, it seemed as if every imperfection was circled with a red marker. 
“(y/n),” Chan looked at you through the mirror, “it looks amazing on you,” you turned back around facing him, “you are an embodiment of beauty,” Chan took your hand as you stepped down from the platform, pressing against him, “and you look nothing less than perfect in this dress.”  There was a moment, you just stared at Chan and he stared back at you.  Just a moment, where it was just you and him again, and everything you wanted to say was said.  “Prince Jeno is very lucky, and he will think the same as I when he sees you,” Chan said, taking a step back away from you.   
Chan’s reassurances made all the previous nerves disappear, almost vanishing into thin air.  “Thank you,” you pulled Chan in for a hug, that probably lasted longer than it should have.  “What do you guys think?” you turned to the rest of your friends, all of them holding big smiles.  The outpour of compliments came again and this time, you believed them.  
You had Mei bring in Queen Jaeyeon and her team of people, while Fei sent Chan and Hyunjin away.  You felt undoubtedly happy about the dress, about the wedding, about your friends, even about Chan.  You felt like even without being intimately with him, he was still in your corner, he was still your friend.  That reminder puts you at ease more than anything anyone could say. 
After measuring some readjustments with the seamstress, you changed out of the dress, and back into your original outfit. Queen Jaeyeon reminded you of this afternoon’s luncheon, which was to be held in the city, at one of the resorts that the Na noble family frequented.  You were to ride with Queen Jaeyeon down to the luncheon. She reassured you that even though there was gonna be lots and lots of press, that you weren't required to talk to anyone, all you had to do was show your face.  “All you need to do is look happy to be there, that's all we need,” was Queen Jaeyeon’s exact words.  
You had exactly an hour, before you had to be back downstairs to ride with Queen Jaeyeon.  You made your way to Jeno’s chamber, since the majority of your stuff was there.  When you entered you were greeted by Jeno sitting behind his desk, he was writing something down, his eyebrows knitted together in what appeared to be frustration. His fingers pushing in on his temple, he was so deep in thought not even noticing you standing on the other side of the room.  You turned to dismiss Fei and Mei, the two understanding seamlessly, your gaze traveling around the room.  
Jeno’s jacket was tossed onto the couch, “you know,” Jeno looked up to see who, relaxing further into his seat when he realized it was you, picking up the abandoned jacket, “if you just toss this around, there's going to be wrinkles.” You tried for a stern look but failed desperately as the prince smiled at you.  
“My apologies Princess,” Jeno watched you enter the bedroom, pulling a hanger from the closet, hanging his jacket before gently laying it on the couch, ensuring there weren't any unnatural bends.  “Did you like your surprise?” He asks with his infamous head tilt and smirk. 
“I did very much,” you smiled, remembering, “did you meet with the council already?”
Jeno groaned at your question, “No,” he glanced at his wrist watch, “I have to be downstairs to meet with them in half an hour,” he went back to the papers on his desk, before going back to look at you, “I just came up here you look at some paperwork.”  He started to flip a few papers over, not wanting you to see the images of your bedroom, on them.   
“I have to leave in an hour to attend the charity luncheon,” you said to change the subject, Jeno nodded along.  
“Come, sit with me for a moment,” you looked at Jeno as he pushed away from his desk, turning his chair and patting his thigh.  The red that danced across your cheeks became very noticeable.  Jeno smirked seeing you become flustered with the suggestion.  Nevertheless, you sat, Jeno’s arms sliding around you, finding purchase on his waist, your arms going up around his neck.  
The two of you sat there in utter silence just enjoying each other, you felt the urge to kiss the prince.  Your gaze shifting between his eyes and lips constantly, you allowed yourself to lean in.  Jeno did the same. 
“Jeno!” The chamber doors barged open, walking in, Jaemin and Haechan, Mark being nowhere in sight.  You jumped, pulling away from the prince, standing up.  You willed the blush to settle, as Jeno let out a slight audible groan at the interruption.  Jaemin’s mouth made an O-shape, while Haechan’s eyes went wide, “didn’t mean to interrupt.”  Jaemin’s expression changed into a knowing smirk, as Haechan hung his head to stifle a laugh.  
“Then leave,” Jeno’s face screwed with irritation. You cleared your throat, in a way to reprimanded the prince, “what do you want?” Jeno asked, with a much annoyed look. 
Jaemin plopped down onto the couch, rested his feet on the coffee table and whipped his head to look at his cousin, “just wanted to see you.”  Jeno’s expression became more irritated, and Jaemin let out a laugh not taking his cousin seriously, he turned more to look at you now, “my apologies if I embarrassed you princess.”  
“No apology needed Jaemin,” you smiled at the boy, “If you boys don’t mind I need to get ready for a luncheon.” You looked at Jeno, and he smiled at you, nodding his head.  You made your way into the bedroom, closing the doors behind you.  After a few seconds you heard the commotion of a fight, but before you went back out it was followed by laughter. You smiled to yourself, your smile growing as you remembered what could've happened.
----------------------------
Taglist:@floweronacloud@cookydream@nctstrawberrycow@marklexleaf@jvjsssnaa@thejeongjaehyun@thejungjaehyun@jackyeongljin@terjeno@tyongf-sunflower99@tgnctzen131@gooreumic@jenotation@nctdom@ficklehoe@itsveronicaxxx@actually-vl@her33n@tomorrowbymoa-together@bangtan-jam@sweetsubakk @onlyoursol-ace
58 notes · View notes
neowinestainedress · 2 years
Text
our gentle sin ; jeong jaehyun
Tumblr media
title: our gente sin | final part of amami ancora
pairing(s): jeong jaehyun x oc | side members: lee donghyuck, lee taeyong, kim doyoung, lee mark, nakamoto yuta, huang renjun, qian kun / mentioned: na jaemin, lee jeno
genre: royal au, parents au, established relationship, smut, fluff, 
warnings: smut, unprotected sex, fingering, public sex, rough sex, dirty talk, religious language and imaginary in a pretty blasphemous way in one scene, worshipping, praise kink, oral sex (f receiving), breeding kink, switch!jaehyun, switch!oc (tbh they don’t really have dom/sub dynamics but there’s some power play, so I put it like this), pregnancy sex, breast play, minor lactation kink | minor character death, minor mentions of antepartum depression
summary: an unexpected meeting leads to an unexpected proposal. It takes just one decision to change forever the ending of their story. Can they grasp both love and power, or will they lose everything they fought hard to get? Will they rise from the ashes of their past like a phoenix, or will they stain their reputation with sin even more?
word count: 51.730
taglist: @adorejaehyn​ @pinkyzae​ @hopefulchick
a/n: so here we are with the last part (for real this time) of amami ancora. I had a request asking for some more and I admit I’m not sure it’s what they wanted but I couldn’t find the motivation to write plotless scenes, so I gave their story a twist. I’m sorry for the anon that wanted a background story for the other members but I couldn’t come up with much. Maybe, just maybe, I’ll write some spin-offs about them after this, but I can’t promise anything. I wrote this mostly for myself because the main reason why at the start I didn’t want to write a sequel for amami ancora and I made it end that way, was because I wanted Scarlett to don’t give up her throne, but I guess you can choose this or part three to be ending that you want.  Also, keep in mind this has no intention to be accurate. I researched about how it used to work but it’s set in a fantasy world and in the future, so I changed a lot of things to my pleasure. I never planned for this story to come so far so I didn’t think about a true setting when I wrote the first part, it was just for the aesthetic of royalty and the illicit relationship between them. Let’s pretend everything’s realistic and possible.  Hope you’ll like it.
Tumblr media
Scarlett sighed loudly before closing Eunbi’s bedroom door behind her. It was rather late, past eight, and she was alone at home. Eunbi was good, never complained about anything, but putting her to bed without her dad to the side was always a struggle. And now Jaehyun wasn’t home, and he wasn’t going to come home before three days. 
Moving to a new house was a big step, probably bigger than what they could’ve afforded, but they didn’t have much choice. Eunbi was growing, Johnny had moved out, so did Mark and Yuta, Taeyong and Doyoung needed their spaces, and so did they. Setting their own rhythms to raise her was necessary, not only for her but also for them as a couple. 
So here they were, in a small house, just a street away from the old one. It had just the essential rooms, and a small garden surrounding it. 
And even if it had been a year since they moved there and they were overall doing fine, Jaehyun had to start going abroad often to bring more money home. They weren’t struggling, but they still had a three-year-old baby to look after and bills to pay. 
Scarlett stretched her back, feeling exhausted after the long day, and then walked down the stairs, thinking about preparing some tea to cool off before trying to sleep too. 
But her plan for the night blew up. She almost felt her heart drop to the floor when she noticed that she wasn’t alone. Her lips quivered, trying hard to push out some words, and she felt so close to passing out when she realized who was standing in front of her.
“What – what are you doing here?” She asked as her eyes focused on the figure in front of her, hoping that her brain was messing with her, that she had completely gone insane. 
“It’s nice to see you again,” he smiled, standing up from the chair and walking toward her. “What a nice house you’ve built.” 
She felt trapped in her spot, terrified of what was coming next. She had spent the last three years – almost four – being sure, they were done with her. 
“I don’t know who you’re looking for,” she played dumb. She looked a little bit different from when she left, maybe he would’ve fallen for it. 
But it didn’t work. Donghyuck chuckled loudly and then shook his head. “I’m looking for you.” 
She sighed, getting that there was no point pretending anymore. “It’s been years, aren’t you married by now? Didn’t you move on?” 
“I’m not here for myself,” he started explaining, now standing in front of her. They were so close it almost felt uncomfortable. “Your father, His Grace, is dying.” 
She stared at him, not knowing what to say or what to do. She emitted a low huff while she tried to look for honesty behind his face and process the news. 
“I’m not coming back there for his funeral so you can finally have my head hanged on a wire.” 
“I don’t plan on killing you,” he said, completely serious. And looking at him, she almost dared to swear that nothing of that old Donghyuck she despised was there anymore. 
“How did you find me?” She asked, changing the topic of their conversation. She was more than sure she had hidden well, and if he knew, why he didn’t get to her before? Why wait so long? 
“I never believed in your death,” he shrugged, walking around, eyes wandering around the place as if this conversation was totally normal. Maybe he was still the same old Donghyuck she couldn’t stand. The one that didn’t take things seriously, the one that thought that everything was a game because power could fix everything with no consequences. “But I guess it was easier to declare it than to come to look for you wherever you were. You know, in the little time we spent together, I think I got to know you. You would’ve never let anything stop you, not even death. You could’ve easily killed yourself in the castle, but you did not.” 
She snickered, eyes rolling up to the sky, he was still a pretentious brat… but he was also right. “Then why you didn’t tell my father? I don’t think he knows me that much.” 
Donghyuck stilled, and turned around to look at her, “It was easier. I would haven’t been able to reign, to wield so much power.”
She raised a brow, truly not understanding his point, “What do you want then?” 
“I want you to come back and reign. Your mother is shattered by your loss, and soon the one of the King, I’m sure she won’t be able to take it.” 
She snorted, staring at him in disbelief, and then said, “Take the reign.” 
“I could, truthfully, that’s what your father wants but I think it is fair to give you another chance. I grew to understand what loving blindly means, and I must admit I do understand you.” 
She shook her head, walking around him, getting closer to the front door, hoping he would follow, but he stood right where he was. “No, you don’t. You have no idea what I felt when you started treating me like a mere trade commodity while I was carrying the child of my only love, knowing he was gone without a goodbye.” 
Donghyuck nodded, wetting his lips swiftly before speaking, “I am sorry, deeply. I was a dumb boy blinded by success. Trust me, I could easily grab everything your parents will leave behind and have the biggest reign on the land, but I want you to have everything that is rightfully yours.” 
“And what assures me that now that you finally found me, you don’t want to give me the justice you want and surely, also crave for?” 
“I have a wife; I now know what love means. I am a father, too. Blind revenge would only stain my honour and pride as a man of high ideals.”
“I can’t,” she replied, drifting the gaze from him. Because his words sounded genuine and also tempting, she missed home like crazy sometimes, and it wasn’t for the material things. It was for her mother, her handmaids, for all the years of her life she had spent in anticipation of a future that never came. “I’m… I’m a mother, and I can’t even think about raising my child how I was raised. I have friends, I have a job, I have love and I’m happy.” 
“I understand,” he said. “However, if you’ll change your mind, here’s an invitation to the first ball of the season. It’s special, they will lead you to me directly.” 
“You really think I trust you? You think I’d come back there after running away? You think I’d let you take all the happiness I created away from me so easily?” She said even if she knew that in the depths of her heart, those words were partially a lie. He had changed; it was clear as the sky that he wasn’t the selfish Prince she was bound to marry, but she still had other duties, other things and people she held dear to her heart.
“I do not mean to trap you,” he said, once again, serious and composed. “Read the journals, hear the rumors, the King is dying, and I have little to no interest to deal with two reigns like this.” 
“Wouldn’t it have been the same if I had married you?” 
“No, if I had married you, I would’ve loved to love that land, and its flowers, and its people, but I’ve only come to hate it. No offense, but your father’s not so good at dealing with things, and everything I thought was gold, turned out to be the one of the fools.” 
She knew it was in fact true; her father completely lost track of things in the last years, but she wasn’t so sure she could trust him. This wasn’t only about her, not anymore, it would’ve dragged Jaehyun and Eunbi in it too, and she couldn’t do that. 
“I know our relationship started in the worst way. I know I backstabbed you, and I can only imagine how hard it must be for you to trust me, but please, at least think about it. Your country will fall into foreign hands if you don’t come back, and so will the people you care about that you left there,” he added before walking over to her and opening the door. “I always admired you, and if I came back here, started to search you desperately one year ago behind the King’s back, it’s because I know how much you’re worth, and I believe in it. You were meant to be a Queen.” 
When he closed the door without giving her the chance to talk back, she had to lean against the closest wall to start breathing again. She closed her eyes, feeling hot tears start rolling out, and she immediately wiped them away. Her hands clutched the letter tighter, feeling her skin burn when her fingers grazed the wax stamp with the symbol of her family on it and walked to the kitchen, pushing the paper to the back of a random drawer. 
That was most likely a trap. 
She tried to convince herself. 
He simply couldn’t kidnap her, or it would’ve drawn a scandal, so he wanted to make it look as if she was turning herself in. 
She wasn’t going to come back. 
Tumblr media
As the day went by, she tried to push that conversation out of her mind. Focusing on her job and Eunbi luckily was enough to keep her mind off of it.
But when Jaehyun came back, it was harder to hide it. It was like he knew something was off, always creeping deep and studying her closely.
“Are you okay?” He kept asking her every time he had the chance, just like right now, they were sitting on the couch watching a movie while Eunbi was playing on the floor with some toys. 
She nodded, lips sealed together, as she shifted closer to him. No, she wasn’t okay. She couldn’t scroll the idea of what Donghyuck had told her out of her mind, but at the same time, moments like this reminded her that, if his words were honest, life in the royal palace was going to be completely different. She still had all the tight rules marked on the back of her brain for how long she had to repeat them when she was a child to know how to behave in high society. And as she looked at her daughter play, so wild and free, she wondered if she could ever do something like this to her. 
“I can take some days off to look after her,” Jaehyun proposed, right hand caressing her shoulder over the fabric of the dress she was wearing. 
“No, it’s not her,” she admitted after taking a long breath. “I’m fine, don’t worry.” 
Jaehyun hummed, deciding to leave it there, and then his head fell on top of hers, inhaling her scent deeply. And even if she couldn’t see him, she knew he had his eyes closed and a smile on his face. 
And she wondered if she could ever give up this for something else. She had never seen her parents be so intimate. She had never seen her father get lost in the scent of her mother. She had never seen them hold hands or lay on the couch together as she played in front of them. And she wondered if it was a problem of their marriage or something that came with their life. Have they ever been in love? Or was that lifestyle that made them drift away? 
But one thing she knew for sure, was that she didn’t want to lose Jaehyun or Eunbi. She didn’t fight so hard to have them both, just to lose them again to run after something that was so… superficial. 
So, she searched for his hand and dragged it over her waist, making their fingers intertwine while her attention was focused on the little girl that was playing teatime with a doll and a teddy bear on the floor. 
No, she couldn’t lose all of this. 
She was also more than sure to keep it a secret from him. Jaehyun tended to get quite apprehensive, and there was no need to make him panic about something stupid. But so caught up in everything, she had forgotten she never got rid of the invitation. 
And that Friday night, when it was usual for the boys to come over to have dinner together like they were used to when they lived together, Jaehyun found it out while he was going through the drawers to look for something. 
“Where is the –” he screamed from the kitchen before a weird paper caught his attention. A letter? What was a letter doing there? They didn’t keep documents there. He furrowed and then grabbed it, turning it around to study it, and his eyes widened when he saw the stamp that sealed the flap. “An invitation from the royal palace? The royal palace of your reign? For the first ball of the season?” Jaehyun asked, lifting the beige envelope in the air as he walked out of the room and stared at Scarlett that was holding Eunbi’s hand next to the table to help her sit. 
Scarlett froze on the spot and didn’t lift her head to look at him. “Leave it there, you might as well just throw it,” she said, lifting Eunbi and sitting her on the highchair, waiting for everyone to reach the table, hoping he would listen and pay it no mind.  
“Did you receive it too?” He asked the others, still holding the paper in hand. 
“Jaehyun, please,” she whispered, walking to him to take it from his hand but he lifted his arm up. 
“No,” he replied, voice stern as he pushed down the bitterness. She knew about this. Why would she keep this a secret? “Where did you get this, Scarlett?” 
She sighed, “Donghyuck…” she whispered, drifting her gaze from him and wrapping her arms around her body, hands rubbing against the exposed skin of her arms. 
“Are you joking?” 
She shook her head, swallowing hard.
“He knows where you are?” His voice almost broke coming out, more than sad now that she didn’t tell him. “He knows where we are!” 
“I had just put her to sleep for the night and when I came downstairs, he was there, sitting at the table.” 
“He entered our place, and you didn’t tell me anything?” 
“Jaehyun, please,” she begged, not in the mood to fight in front of everybody. 
“Please, what? He’s the reason I didn’t get to see our child grow inside of you, he’s the reason I had to leave you without a word, he’s the reason we’ve been through so much hell.” 
“I know, but he found me, and he…” 
“He?” He urged her to talk, what was there more to hide? 
“He wants me to go back…” she confessed in a whisper, so low that he could barely hear, and the others could only guess what she had said by Jaehyun’s expression, hurt, bitter, and even scared. 
Jaehyun scoffed, looking at his friends to see if he had imagined those words to come from her mouth or if he heard right but the others’ gazes weren’t on them, trying to act as if they weren’t interested in the matter.  
“This is a joke, right? He came here, asked you to go back there, he knows where you live, where we live and the idea of telling me didn’t even cross your mind? I could go to bed tonight and some soldiers will slam through the door and take you and Eunbi away from me again and you didn’t tell me!” 
“My father’s dying,” she snapped. “My… he’s dying and my mother too, she’s… she’s heartbroken because of me and him and I’m sorry. I don’t want to go back there but I thought that pushing it out of my mind would help me carry on without the heavy thought of them leaving.” 
Jaehyun blinked twice, trying to convince himself this was all a dream, but when his eyes opened again and met Scarlett’s face, he realized it wasn’t. “I thought you hated him.” 
“I do. But my mom, she’s… she loved me. Despite him, despite how disappointed he was of me, despite me being the reason he didn’t love her anymore. I was her greatest joy, her biggest happiness, and only now I can imagine what it must be like to be deprived of the very being you love the most,” she said, briefly looking at Eunbi, feeling her heart clench at the mere idea of having to lose her for whatever reason. She didn’t want to think about what her mother must’ve been through, and she felt so guilty now. Only now able to understand that nothing could come close to the loss of a child, no matter how grown they are. 
Jaehyun sighed, glancing at Eunbi that was mindlessly playing with Taeyong’s hand, and then brought his attention back to Scarlett. 
Another sigh left his lips while his mind was running a thousand miles per hour. But that wasn’t the place to discuss it, he just wanted to put his heart at ease, and then they would’ve started again tonight, alone, in their bedroom, without bothering the others and the baby. “Do you want to go back?” He simply asked, hoping that the words coming out of her mouth were going to be negative. 
She sniffled, “No, I don’t plan to. And I didn’t mean to keep it a secret, I’m sorry.” 
He nodded, pulling her into a hug. “Don’t worry,” he reassured her. He knew that leaving everything behind had been harder than she wanted to admit, she never talked about her past for a reason, and it wasn’t because she was afraid, but because it was part of her. “Should we eat now?” 
The dinner went on smoothly as they talked about their future plans. How Johnny and his girlfriend, Juliet, were to get married. How Mark felt he had a special connection with kids and was ready to have one – resulting in making everybody laugh. Or how Yuta thought that he needed to travel the world and see more than just these lands. 
But when the conversation fell on them, Doyoung spoke before they could. 
“I think you should go back there, isn’t this what you’ve been taught for your entire life?” He said, obtaining a menacing gaze from Jaehyun who wanted to avoid that topic. 
Scarlett coughed, cleaned her face with the napkin, and then smiled shyly at her friend. “Yes, but I don’t think it’s what I want,” she replied, staring at the table before raising her gaze, “I have all of you, you taught me things all those years there didn’t teach me. You are like family to me, and I can’t leave you behind.” 
“We might come and meet you during special occasions,” Johnny proposed, shoulders lifting as if it was that easy.  
“It doesn’t work like this,” Jaehyun replied, suppressing the want to roll his eyes at their naivety. 
“I thought the princess was her not you?” 
He rolled his eyes, “I’ve been by her side for years, I’ve been trained hard to know how that world works. And it’s not for people like us, never been and never will be.” 
“Yeah, but you will be in command, and you two –”  
“She and her husband,” Jaehyun replied sternly, fit tightening against the table. “She will need to marry a respectable noble man from the high society and be the Queen. She will also need to find a Lord or a Prince that will accept the child of a love affair with her bodyguard outside of marriage.” 
“Yeah, if her father’s alive,” Doyoung said. “But when he’ll… mhh, perish, she will be in command. Does somebody care for these rules anyway?” 
“People might not care inside of the reign, Do, too worried about their own problems, bigger than to care for a sinful Queen, but it is a shameful act committed by me. I’ve been reckless and now I must pay the price. Even if I ruled, the other nobles, the Lords and Queens and Kings from other reigns will look down on me.” 
“For loving?” Johnny asked, nose turning up in a mix of disdain and surprise. Damn, so he was right about hating those kinds of people. 
“It’s not that easy,” Jaehyun replied. “It’s a world with set rules to follow and prejudice and gossip as fast as the wind.” 
“Nobody knows you were pregnant, though?” Mark said with a cheerful voice, happy as if he made the cleverest of affirmation. 
And both Jaehyun and Scarlett glared at him. “And what about her? Do I push her back inside and pretend she didn’t come out of there almost three years ago?” 
“Oh, right… Well, you could say she’s the Prince’s…” 
“I’m not going around pretending our child is somebody else’s,” Jaehyun cut him off, glaring at him, mad he could even think about something like that. 
“I won’t go back, anyway,” Scarlett reassured him, placing her hand on top of his, caressing it softly. 
“What if you proved yourself to be a valuable Queen?” 
“I don’t think this will be enough. I ran away, left my people behind when I was so close to marry for their sake and to bring new light in our country, faked my death, and… this is, unforgivable, for the high society and for the commoners.” 
“But you lived among commoners for years. You worked with us, you now know our struggles, more than any other ruler before. Wouldn’t it be enough?” 
She sighed, shaking her head, “It’s not that easy,” she replied, and then coughed, “Can we change the topic? What about you two? Are you still going to live in the old house?” 
When the night came and everybody went home, they finished cleaning up and then put Eunbi to bed. Nobody said a word about that again and Scarlett thought everybody pushed the thought out of their minds. 
But Jaehyun couldn’t stop thinking about it as he watched her clean the dishes at his side, as he watched her sing Eunbi a sweet lullaby, and even now that she was putting her hair in a loose braid after changing into her nightgown. 
He had seen her covered in gold. He had been by her side the few times she held public speeches. He had listened to her rants about how her father should’ve solved certain problems. 
He knew her, more than anybody else. Maybe even more than herself considering how much she pushed herself behind everything and everybody just to make others happy, often forgetting herself in the way. 
And the reason why she was pretending now, was them. Probably terrified of losing them again or losing what they had. Because he knew she had always been honest when she said that she loved this even if they had nothing, even if it meant sharing the place with five other people, even if it meant that some days they had to work longer to bring more money home and they couldn’t afford many luxuries. She loved this, but she also loved that. And he was wondering if the key to everything was them, or if it was all meant to fall down if they stopped being what they were now. 
“Is that what you wish for?” Jaehyun asked, standing near the window, eyes shifting from the city to her. 
“What?” She asked, twisting the braid into a bun and clipping the hair to keep them still while she walked toward their bed. 
“To go back there.” 
“Are you still mad?” 
“I asked you a simple question, Scarlett,” he sighed, walking to sit next to her. “Is that what you wish for?” 
“I – I don’t wish for it,” she replied, voice shaking. And once again she didn’t hold eye contact with him for more than two seconds.  
“You do.” 
“What? You can’t ask me a question and then be against my answer.” 
“I know you. I know how dearly you cared about that world. I know how badly you wanted to be a different Queen compared to your father. I was there by your side when you walked between the people, your people, with the only desire to offer them hope and change for the future. I was there when you spent hours practicing how to host parties, how cheerfully you would chat with your ladies insisting on helping them, excited about everything. I know how much this costs you. I know how much you lost for me and Eunbi. I was the one who told you that you deserved to reign, to be the Queen, to hold the power that always belonged to you.” 
She tried to push back the tears because he was right; that was what she wanted but in the past. In another life, if that didn’t mean losing the two people that made her the absolute happiest. 
“But I’m also happy now,” she replied, it was the truth, she was happy. “We won’t be able to take care of Eunbi as we do now, she’ll be sent to caretakers, and she’ll have lessons and…” 
“Just like she soon should’ve started going to school?” 
“But I love this place, I love the boys, and I love the way I can just feel normal.” 
“But that belongs to you. Maybe Johnny’s right, if Donghyuck’s not mad anymore you may have relations with him to help with external politics and then nobody would dare to say a word about their Queen. I know that for you it had never been about the high society anyway, but I know how you wanted to make it right for your people. And they’ll love a Queen like you. You could completely turn all the rules over, you already did, so why not do it now? Shock them even more, show them how strong—willed you are, how much passion you put into what you love.” 
“Why are you pushing me in this?” 
“Because I know your potential. Because as somebody that grew up poor and spent more than half of his life in the streets I would count on you, I know I’d be in good hands. Because I never believed it was fair for you to choose between love and power. I told you countless times, and now, you can have both. Your father won’t decide for you, you will decide for yourself.” 
She sighed, it was tempting, it was all she had worked hard on but… “What if the Prince’s not being honest? What if this is all a sick plan to get to me?” 
“Is there not a way to test it? I mean, he’s married now, happily even, or it seems so, he has a son of his own, why would he still come between us?” 
She nodded, and her mind replayed the conversation she had with Donghyuck, he did seem honest. But then she stared at Jaehyun, this wasn’t just about her, but their family, and him. He never loved that world much, she knew he was only interested in her endless talks because she was talking. And she didn’t want him to force himself into this. They were doing fine, they could’ve pretended Donghyuck never found her, and that letter never arrived. “What made you change your mind?” 
“I told you, Scar.” 
“I’m not sure that’s the life for me anymore. I don’t even remember what my duties would have to be like, it’s… too much.” 
“But you’ll have me by your side, and Eunbi. Didn’t you say you were your mother’s strength? Why can’t we be yours? I don’t want to force you, but you did want to rule and by yourself. So what’s different now?” 
“I spent three years away from there, I don’t even remember all the etiquette rules I have to follow.” 
“Then screw them. Be revolutionary, be the people’s Queen. Be like them, not like the ton that would judge you. Be the Queen you always wanted to be, the Princess you’ve always been. People loved you, and I’m sure there’s still a place for them in your heart.” 
“But what if I let them down?” 
“How could you? You have a heart beating inside your chest, unlike your father, that was what was missing. If you want to get back what it’s owed to you, just go for it.” 
“But if I do, I want the boys to come with us. I want them to have honorary titles. I want Renjun to be the best tailor in town, finally not being paid dust anymore. I want Johnny, Mark, Yuta, and Jeno to take care of all the crown jewels and I want Taeyong and Jaemin to have the biggest bakery ever existed.” 
“As you wish, my Queen. I doubt anyone could stop you.” 
She chuckled at the title, but then turned serious again and stared at him deeply in the eyes, holding his hands in hers, “And I want you to be my King.” 
Jaehyun scanned her face, brain trying to process her words and understand if they were a joke or not. “Is this…?” 
“A proposal, yes.” 
“Are you proposing to me? Like this? In this bed?” 
“Yes,” she smiled. “Jeong Jaehyun, Lord of my heart and soul, would you accept to become my husband?” 
Just when he was about the answer, the door opened, a sleepy Eunbi was standing next to it before walking inside. “Mama, Papa,” Eunbi mumbled, fist tight around her favourite blanket that now was just a bit more than a napkin, “I can’t sleep.”
“Oh, look who’s here,” Jaehyun cooed, watching as she ran to them before lifting her up in his arms, “just in time to help me with a big question.” 
“Me?” She asked, looking between her parents, index finger pressed against her chest. 
“Yep, my Princess,” he smiled. “Should I marry Mama?” 
“Marry?” She asked, clearly confused. 
A soft chuckle left their mouths, “Have you ever seen those big white events? The flowers, the tall cakes, the balls.” 
She nodded, lower lip trapped into her teeth, “Yes! You want to marry Mama?” 
“I asked him to marry him, Mama’s waiting for an answer.” 
“Say yes! Say yes! Please!” She begged, happily jumping up and down in Jaehyun’s hold. “I want to be a princess for a day.” 
They looked at each other, smiling tenderly. “I’d be delighted to be your husband, Queen Scarlett,” he replied, kissing her as Eunbi let out happy squeals, not knowing that soon, she was going to be a princess for real. 
Tumblr media
“I’m so nervous,” Scarlett whispered, holding Jaehyun’s hand in her right hand and Eunbi’s in the left. 
“It’ll be fine,” he reassured her before leaning toward and glimpsing at Eunbi, that was looking around in awe. “She seems quite excited, instead,” he chuckled, and she smiled after briefly glancing at the kid.
“Yeah, I was like her too the first time they let me walk these corridors,” she mumbled, trying to keep her composure and don’t let panic take over, but she still couldn’t put her heart at ease. Everything went fine for now, they arrived at the palace for a while now and they were waiting for Donghyuck to welcome them. They had arrived from the back of the palace, and only a few people saw them, mostly the guards and some maids that were walking in the corridors, hurrying to their rooms for their duties.
“Oh, why did they leave you here… the three of you?” Donghyuck opened the door, gaze moving back and forth between them, surprised to see them all. “Come in,” he said, letting them inside the hall of the first floor, leaving the garden and the arcades behind. 
“Thank you for having us,” she said, bowing slightly at him. 
“Well, technically this is your place, not mine,” he replied, walking toward the King’s chamber. 
“Wait, I have to see him right now?” She asked as soon as she realized the direction they were taking. She thought she was going to see her mother first, or he was going to make them settle for a while in her old room. 
He turned around, looking at her, “he’s dying. I thought you wanted to have one last word with him.” 
“Is it serious this time or is it just like when he wanted to run away from his responsibilities?” 
“It is serious. This might be your last chance.” 
She turned around, looking at Jaehyun and Eunbi, eyes communicating with him with silent words. 
“Go, I’ll wait here with her,” he reassured her. “There are many paintings on the walls that I can show her.”  
“No,” she said, “you two are coming with me. I want to show him that nothing, not even his wickedness, could stop me from loving you.” 
“I don’t think that’s a good idea,” Donghyuck chimed, still standing next to the door, hands behind his back and head high.  
She looked at him, not convinced of leaving them alone, but left with no other option, “if you hurt them, I’ll do the same to you.” 
“You still think I’ll betray you?” 
“Sorry if I can’t trust anybody here,” she said, opening the door ajar, but she stopped and turned around. “But I do want you to come in after. I want him to see that he couldn’t take away my happiness from me.”
When she stepped inside, the room was dark, only lit up by a dim lamp next to the bed. And her father was laying in the bed, sleeping, or seemingly so. She walked closer slowly, feeling her heart twist in her chest. No matter the hatred she felt for him in her heart, seeing him in those conditions after so many years still shocked her. There was nothing of the man she knew, just a hollow face, grey hair, and broken brown eyes. And he was all alone. Maybe what he deserved for all the pain he had caused people over the years.  
“Sca—Scarlett…” he mumbled, opening his eyes fully. “No, this can’t – it can’t be,” he huffed, chest panting heavily, struggling in his place, trying to drift further from her but with no strength anymore. “Are you a ghost? Are you here to haunt my last breaths?” 
“I am very much real, father,” she replied, not feeling a hint of compassion run in her veins. “I came back to take what I’m owed, my reign, my crown, my throne.” 
“I – I thought – you were dead,” he breathed out between coughs.  
“Surprise, I guess,” she joked, laughing coldly and shrugging. “Even if you wanted me dead so bad, I’m not.” 
“I – never wanted you dead,” he retorted, voice low and broken.  
“Right, you simply never wanted me. You wanted a boy, a boy you could raise as King, as the perfect heir my mother never could give you because she almost died giving birth to me. This is why you stopped loving her, this is why you never, not even once, looked at me with a glimpse of love or pride in your eyes no matter how perfect of an heir I was.” 
“You put shame on me.” 
“You put shame on yourself. You were the worst King that ever ruled over this reign, focusing on superficial matters instead of serious ones. What is most shameful? Love or greed?” 
“You know nothing,” he coughed, “about what you’re talking about. You can’t come back here and put more dishonour on our family.” 
She rolled her eyes, chuckling at his words. “And why? As if you’ll be here to see it, anyway. And if it won’t be me, it will be Donghyuck that, trust me, doesn’t care about this piece of land as much as he probably made you believe.” 
“He never loved you.” 
“I don’t truly care about that. I have love. The love of my life.” 
A mocking laugh rolled out of his lips, “still attached to that bodyguard buried six feet underground?” 
She snickered and then turned around, walking toward the door. And when she came back with Jaehyun and Eunbi by her side, her father almost felt his heart give up once and for all. 
“Are you talking about the next King and Princess?” 
The King felt his heart lose another beat when his gaze landed on the man in front of him and the child he was holding in his arms; the proof of the scandal that happened between them and stained their family forever. He truly believed Jaehyun was dead, that thought made him sleep at night, putting aside the need to kill him with his own hands. But he was alive, and so was his daughter and the child that was just another mistake, and he had no strength to get rid of him, or them. “He cannot be the King.” 
“Are you sure? You will not be here anyway; I do not need your blessing for this marriage.” 
“Your mother will never let you marry him, nor will Donghyuck or anybody else. Aren’t you ashamed?” 
“Aren’t you ashamed of yourself? Of never being a father to me? Jaehyun might not have royal blood in his veins but trust me, he is a better father than you’ve ever been. Eunbi has the love I’ve never, ever, received in my entire life. Not from you, at least. He is a man of honour and values, he knows the court rules, and he has always been by my side, never putting me or my intellect and my will down. He will be the best King that could ever stand beside me, and you will be in your grave with a heavy heart, full of bitterness and regret and anger, furious about my choices once again. But I’ll prove your ghost wrong. I’ll prove to you I can, and I will be better than you. This is my vow to you.” 
“You – you won’t.” 
“I will. This is a promise, an oath. And weren’t you the one telling me to always be true to what you promise?” 
When his father tried to retort once again and his voice struggled to come out, she grabbed Jaehyun’s hand and said, “let’s go,” before spinning on her heels.  
“Scarlett!” Her father shouted but she was already out of the door, feeling her heart beating faster than usual. 
“Mama,” Eunbi called, a worried expression on her little face. 
“Hey, baby,” she replied, lifting her head to stare at her. “I’m fine, Mama’s fine.” 
“You don’t seem to be,” Donghyuck said, standing next to them. 
“I want to see my mother,” she changed the topic after grabbing Eunbi from Jaehyun’s arms. “I want her to know she’s not alone anymore.” 
“Sure. I think she will be happy to see you again.” 
“What happened there?” Jaehyun whispered close to Scarlett’s ear when they started walking toward the morning room where her mother was staying. 
“The usual for him, the only thing he can do when it comes to me, my life and my choices.” 
“Pretty,” Eunbi exclaimed, staring at the paintings on the walls, index finger pointing at them. 
“Yeah, do you like it here?” 
She hummed as her head kept moving around to don’t lose a single frame on the wall. 
“Well, at least she’s happy,” Scarlett noted, intertwining her fingers with Jaehyun to search for some kind of comfort. She didn’t want to regret this, but facing her father was harder than she imagined. 
“It’s going to be alright,” he said, holding her hand tighter, leaving a small peck on her forehead and she smiled, squeezing his hand back. 
“Here we are,” after a few moments they arrived in front of the big room, “let me go in first,” Donghyuck said, opening the door. “Your Majesty,” he greeted, bowing politely. “There’s a special guest, well, three special guests that would like to see you.” 
“Oh, dear, could you please send them away? I do not wish to see anybody right now.” 
Donghyuck sighed, briefly looking back at Scarlett that was tightly holding the baby in her arms, silently imploring him to convince her to let them in. 
“Your Majesty, I’m sure you would be delighted to meet them. They are very dear to you.” 
The Queen chuckled bitterly, probably mixed with a choked sob, “I lost what I had dearer to me three years ago all because of that vile man and… I’m sure nobody can fill that hole left in my chest.” 
Hearing her words, Scarlett pushed Donghyuck to the side and entered the room, the Queens’ guards immediately cornered her. 
“Mother,” she said, looking at her through the swords in front of her. 
“Oh my,” the woman mumbled, covering her open mouth with her hand and standing up, legs shaking, incredulously looking at her, just like everyone else in the room did. 
“Her Highness, lady Scarlett,” the handmaids mumbled in whispers, looking at each other curiously to make sure none of them was imagining things. 
“You died,” the Queen cried, walking toward her, waving the guards away. “You… you.” 
“I’m here, mother. I’m safe and sound, always have been.” 
Her mother broke down crying, knees giving up, falling to the floor. Scarlett kneeled too, letting Eunbi stand on the floor, staring at the scene with curios, confused eyes. “The pain I felt all these years knowing you were gone without saying a word. Disappeared, killed by the waters as your father kept telling me half—truths and hiding what truly happened from me. The hollow I felt in my chest every time I passed by your chamber and you simply weren’t there, or when I had to host balls without you by my side. It’s a pain I wish for you to never feel, my dear,” she mumbled in the hug, a moment so intimate, so rare to see in the royal court. And Donghyuck swiftly ordered everybody to leave the room to talk to them and warn them to keep it a secret until things weren’t official. 
“I’m here, mother. And I am so sorry for all the pain I put you through, but I had to. They left me no other choice.” She helped her stand up, fixing the dress and then looking down when she saw a little hand touch the pearls on the gown. 
“Eunbi, don’t. It’s rude,” Scarlett scolded her that looked up in surprise. 
“But it’s pretty,” she whispered, unwillingly removing her hand from the fabric. 
“Oh, she’s your daughter? So, it was true? That’s why he urged to move the marriage?” 
Scarlett nodded and then stretched her hand back to signal Jaehyun to move closer. He didn’t have to stand behind them anymore, that was in the past. 
“Eunbi,” she called once again when she tried to climb on the sofa to see the tea pottery. 
“Oh, please, let her,” the Queen said in a light tone. “She’s just like you.” 
“Yeah, I guess we can agree on that. She’s very nice, just curious. I think it’s because of all the stimulation she gets from her uncles. They carry her everywhere, she’s wild.” 
“Uncles?” The older woman asked, turning back around, only now focusing on Jaehyun. “You... you are back? You already picked a bodyguard again?” 
Jaehyun coughed and Scarlett chuckled. “If I told you I need your blessing for a wedding?” 
“Sure, but with who? We should do all that again and,” she stopped, her stare finally falling where Jaehyun and Scarlett’s hands intertwined, and then she looked back at Eunbi that was sitting on the sofa, turning a golden spoon in her little hands. “You two? You had to run away because she is your daughter? I thought your father was simply mad because you consumed before the wedding with Prince Lee but you, oh…” 
“Mother, I know, but you can’t control love, can you? Your father too was against you and the King, but in the end, you married him anyway. We love each other, a bond so strong I know I’ll never feel it with anybody else. And Jaehyun’s so valuable, you know him. He was only twenty when you and the King decided to take him to court because you trusted his abilities and his morals, and you put my life in his hands. You saw him walking these halls and act no worse than any other nobleman with a title. You loved him back then, and so did every other lady from the ton. People thought he was a Prince from a faraway land for the way he carried himself, and for his composure, his way with words, and his intellect. He is the best man that could ever stay by my side in this.” 
Her mother smiled, holding back a smirk. “You sacrificed everything for your family, and you think I still need to hear all of this to give you my blessings? You think that as a mother I didn’t see the way you two looked at each other, dear? I couldn’t swear there was something going on, but the level of trust and friendship you had was far beyond a working relationship. Though, I must say, I believed you two would be able to put the flame down, especially you, Jaehyun.” 
“It was my fault,” she chimed in. “He always tried to respect the limits between us, but I couldn’t and eventually he gave in. But you’re not mad, right?” 
She chuckled, “Mad? And for what? Because you found love? Because you bloomed into an amazing, brilliant woman who fights for what she wants? I truly loved your father, dear, but I would’ve never done what you did for him and her. How could I come between a love so strong if not even the Gods above did?” 
They both smiled, looking at each other, and then looking at Eunbi... or where she was before. “Where is she now?” Scarlett almost screamed, panicking when she saw she wasn’t on the sofa anymore. 
“Book!” Eunbi screamed on the other side of the room where the small library was. 
“Yes, baby, a book, so many books but you can’t read them yet,” she reminded her, walking toward her with hurried steps. Walking was a blessing and a curse at the same time with her. Scarlett had hoped that she was going to stop being so active, but nothing changed over the years.  
“Johnny teaches me,” Eunbi complained, standing on her tippy toes, trying to grab one. 
“Yeah, but those are books for you.” 
“Does she know how to read?” The Queen asked Jaehyun as they stared at the scene in front of them. 
“A little bit, not full phrases but she occasionally can guess some easy words.” 
“Well, that’s impressive for her age.” 
“It is, but she mostly enjoys hearing those stories. Taeyong and Johnny love reading them to her.” 
“I feel like I’m missing something,” the Queen chuckled, feeling her head getting dizzier and dizzier with everything they said to her. 
“Oh, yeah, at the start we used to live with some friends of mine. They are her uncles.” 
The Queen was about to ask for more, wanting to catch up on how they lived during those years away, but Scarlett preceded her. 
“About them,” Scarlett chimed in after finally finding an old book with drawings to keep Eunbi occupied. “I would need another favour, Mother.” 
“Everything for you, dear,” she reassured her, holding her hand. “We should also celebrate to have you back.” 
Tumblr media
The King’s chamber was quiet, with the guards standing straight at every corner. Not that they were needed anymore. Death didn’t knock on the King’s door through criminal hands, She gently walked in and decided to take him with Her. 
Slowly and painful. For him, at least. 
Because right now that Scarlett was standing at the feet of his bed, looking up and down at him, just like he had always looked at her, she felt an unexpected, thrilling pleasure rush through her bones. Somehow that felt to be exactly his place. 
That was the end he deserved, in her dreams with only fewer people mourning for him. 
She looked around and saw the ladies and noblemen shedding tears, and she chuckled lightly before turning back and siding next to Jaehyun. 
“You don’t seem sad,” he whispered, looking at her, the black veil shielding her face from being seen, the only sign of mourn she carried around along with her black dress and black gloves. 
“He didn’t mourn for me when I died,” she replied, crossing her arms while her eyes scanned the room, landing on her mother’s hand tightened around the King’s one, his hold weak; it was just a matter of seconds. And she wondered if her mother still loved him. She wondered how her mother could still love him, or feel any ounce of compassion and empathy for a being like him. She wouldn’t have held Jaehyun’s hand on his death bed if he only dared to treat Eunbi how her father treated her. If he did, she probably would’ve been the very reason why Jaehyun would’ve been on that bed. And yet, her mother was there, at his side until his last breath. Nevertheless, she had no idea if it was to keep up to the oaths on their wedding day and what the ton expected from her, or if it was her heart begging her to once again kneel beside a man that wasn’t worth it. 
“We can leave if you want to,” Jaehyun whispered, hoping for a yes because he didn’t want to stay there longer, but Scarlett shook her head. 
“I want to stay,” she answered, shrugging. “I don’t want to lose his last show. I’d very much love to be the last thing he sees before passing away only to make sure I will haunt his eternal suffering.” 
Jaehyun nodded, crossing his hands behind his back, studying the other people in the room. He too wondered how real their tears were, and how many of them had waited for this day to come, praying hard at night to the Saints and Gods. He wasn’t one of them, no matter how much he hated him, but now that death was seeping into the room, biding time before snatching the King’s soul away, he couldn’t help but feel relieved. 
And it seemed like death truly wanted to take Her sweet time, making him contort and cry in pain, playing with the clock that kept turning. Hours passed by before She finally snapped, grabbed Her axe and cut the string of his life, making him exhale one last breath, probably of relief, considering the pain of his last hours. 
And the smirk that curled Scarlett’s lips felt peculiarly cruel and bloody. Yet, she didn’t leave. She stayed there, watching people come and go, waiting for the maids to carry her mother’s body away from the dead one of her husband. 
And only once she was left alone, her feet dragged her close to the bed again, but this time at his side. 
A tender smile formed on her lips as her eyes scanned the relaxed, yet still pained expression on his face. “How much have I loved you, trying so hard to make you love me back,” she chuckled bitterly. “Only to think we could’ve had it all, if only you didn’t hate me so much for a stupid belief that women can’t be enough to reign,” she huffed, and then pushed the black veil out of her face, a grin on her lips, “It’s a shame you won’t see me in a crown.” 
Tumblr media
“I can’t believe I’m at the royal palace, have you ever thought you would find yourself here?” Johnny exclaimed, trying to fit into the suit they were given to wear. 
“If the King wanted my head on a silver plate, maybe,” Yuta replied, hating the way the clothes hugged his body. “You wore those every day, man?” 
Jaehyun sighed, rolling his eyes, and then adjusting the buttons. “You can survive for just one night, maybe you’ll even find a Lady of your liking. If somebody can stand you.” 
“Yeah, and what kind of money do I offer her?” 
“The money you’ll be making to be the jewellery that creates the crown jewels,” Scarlett answered, entering the door. 
“Hey! What if we were naked?” Doyoung complained, covering his already covered body with his hands. 
“The first time you saw me, I was leg spread on the couch being split in two. I think we can say we left the concept of privacy far behind, also considering every single one of you have seen my boobs probably more than Jaehyun did.” 
“Fine,” he replied as the other chuckled under their breaths.
“Can we still court them if we’re not nobles? Wouldn’t they be looking out for somebody with a background family of some importance?” Yuta asked, going back to their conversation. 
“You don’t need a high society woman, Yuta. You wouldn’t last a second with someone raised like they are.” 
“I get along with you, you’re next to be Queen. How can I not get along with a Duchess?” 
“I am the last person you should compare to them,” she replied. “Also, get ready swiftly and put these badges on your coats.” 
“I thought you weren’t giving us honorary titles?” 
“It’s all up to you. My mom says she would be very glad to, but I suggested we could wait. Let all of you open your shops, do something for the society and then give you, and some other shoppers, a title. Or something like that.” 
“Is a title necessary? Doesn’t it come with a lot of responsibilities? I don’t think I want them,” Mark replied, looking at himself in the mirror, loving the way the expensive fabric felt on his skin. “We’re here, we won’t have to fight for fine materials anymore. And we’re best friends with the Queen and the King.” 
“Calm now,” Scarlett told him. “We’re not Queen and King yet. But yes, if you don’t want titles then we’re fine like this.” 
“Can we come to visit you even without that?” Taeyong asked. 
“You will see Eunbi, yes,” she replied, smiling at him. “Actually, I was thinking, we could find somebody else to help Jaemin with the bakery and you could be her main caretaker. I would feel much safer knowing she’s with you than anybody else. And also, you’re the only one that knows how to keep her calm.” 
“Are you serious? You want me to be there with her?” He stood up from his seat, eyes sparkling while he stared at her in surprise.
“Yeah, are you okay with —” 
“Yes! Yes, yes, yes, I want to,” he exclaimed, rushing to hold her in a tight hug.  
“This is so unfair, he will become her favourite soon,” Johnny whined. 
“Oh, please, she loves you. Also, when it’s the time you’ll have one yourself with Juilet?” 
“No, thanks. Watching other kids is fun, having one of your own is not. Juliet and I are perfectly fine like this.” 
She smiled and then said, “We should also plan for your wedding.” 
“You? I thought you became a Queen, not an event assistant.” 
“Shut up, I won’t plan it. But I’ll give you the palace for free and I could pick things with her.  Maybe even design her dress. I want to design mine, would it be a bad idea, Jaehyun?” 
“I think you should relax, is the wedding such an urge?” 
“Well, no, but also, yes.” 
“Are you once again thinking about what the ton will think? They know, we have a three years old baby running around the palace, she will be at our side during events. A wedding now won’t make us go back to being saints. And you also know damn well nobody crossing these halls is holy, married or not.” 
“I have a feeling he knew all the spicy things that happened back then,” Mark joked but agreed with him.
“Everybody knows them, they just make less rumours than us.” 
Tumblr media
“Are you fine, dear?” The Queen asked, staring at her daughter’s face as the maid finished fixing Scarlett’s hair in a beautiful hairstyle. 
“Yeah, it’s just weird having so many people doing things for me again,” she confessed and one of the youngest handmaidens smiled at her through the mirror. 
“Your Highness, I know it shall not be my place, but I admire you so much,” she confessed, making her turn around in stupor. 
“Oh, and what for?” 
“The way you fought for love and then came back to save your reign and the people from falling into stranger’s hands. I’ve always known I could count on you when the throne was to be passed. I was truly saddened by the announcement of your passing, the whole town mourned you for days, we felt hopeless. But now, knowing that for years you had been one of us doesn’t make us feel so lonely anymore.” 
She smiled softly at her, “It is my duty, and I hope I will not let you down.” 
“I am sure you will not, Your Highness.” 
She beamed, and whispered, “You may call me Scarlett if you want to,” making them giggle and then walk back when the Queen glared at the three. 
“Your Highness, your daughter is giving us trouble falling asleep,” another maid entered the room, exhausted look on her face, or well, something more than exhausted.  
“Oh, I will come and see her.” 
“The jewels,” her mother called, pointing at the set of pearls that she still had to wear. 
“I’ll wear it later,” she replied, walking out of the room, not paying mind to her mother’s annoyed expression.  
“I’m sorry, but she keeps calling you and her father and she says she does not like us,” she explained, and Scarlett sighed before humming lowly. 
“She doesn’t mean it like that. We are used to spending some time together before bedtime, and she’s simply not used to you. I also think this place is so big it can get overwhelming for her.” 
The maid nodded and then opened the door of the nursery. “Eunbi, baby,” Scarlett cooed, walking to her as soon as she saw the state she was in, screaming and crying, sitting on a chair as other women were around her trying to calm her down. “Mama’s here,” she tranquillized her, lulling her in her arms. 
“Where were you?” She asked, trying to talk through the sniffles and sobs. 
“I was getting ready, little bird.” 
“I want to be with you and Papa,” she cried, clinging her small fist around her dress, afraid she was going to leave her again with people she didn’t like. They were all strangers and, as nice as they were, they weren’t her parents or her uncles and aunt.
Scarlett sighed, before looking at the maids that were shaking their heads, already imagining what she was proposing. 
“Why not?” 
“With all respect, my lady, but she’s a little too energetic. It’s the first ball of the season, the royal ball, and we are not allowed in the hall.” 
“That’s right,” she agreed, waving her hand, “you are dismissed, a night of rest, you must have your own things to do. Some cakes won’t be served tonight, you can go in the kitchen and eat them and have a party together or whatever.” 
“Your Highness, you shall take care of the guests tonight, you cannot think about the baby.” 
“I traveled two countries while I carried my baby. I gave birth in a home with just one doctor and my two dearest friends. I took care of a house and worked in a tailor shop while thinking of my baby, so I’m more than sure I can take care of her and some guests while hosting my ball.” 
“We didn’t mean to,” one of them started apologizing but she stopped them right away.  
“No need to apologize. But I don’t want you to think that she’s a weight for you. I put her in this world, and I will take care of her with her father. You are here to help if it’s needed, and I can assure you, right now, it’s not. Take care of yourself for tonight,” she said with a smile on her face, grabbing a bag with everything necessary to fix her for the night. “And I’m sure she’ll grow to love you, right, baby?” 
Eunbi nodded against her mom’s shoulder and then they walked out of the door, leaving the other women speechless. 
“If you wanted a fancy dress, you could’ve told me this afternoon,” Scarlett joked, walking toward her room again. 
Eunbi chuckled, “I wanted a lullaby, they don’t know how to sing.” Her nose turned up at the memory of one of them trying to sing to convince her to sleep, but nothing could come close to the sound of her father’s voice and her mother harmonizing together.  
Scarlett laughed, “Oh, you won’t get a lullaby but I’m sure grandma called the best orchestra in town to play for tonight. Would you like it anyway?” 
Eunbi nodded happily, clapping her hands while smiling brightly at the idea. She had no idea of what exactly was going on around her. She didn’t know why they didn’t live in their small house anymore and she had no idea for how long they were going to stay there, but she liked it. It was new, it was exciting, and it was full of sparkling things. 
“What is she doing here?” The Queen asked, eyes wide open after she blinked repeatedly to make sure she was seeing right. 
“Guess why? I think this will be her first public appearance.” 
“But Your Highness, she doesn’t have a proper dress, she doesn’t know how to behave,” a maid replied and then Queen nodded. 
“I have designed a dress that can fit for tonight, I’m glad I bought it with me when I packed. And I know that she’s joyful, but she is polite, she’s just three, let her be. I can take care of her.” 
“You are back in society after everything that happened, you know things can’t go wrong,” The Queen reminded her, walking toward her that was already changing Eunbi into the new dress. 
“It won’t go wrong, mother, please, trust me.” 
The Queen sighed and then stared at Eunbi that was actually letting her mother dress her up, closing the back of her baby blue dress, fitting perfectly the theme of the night. 
“You made it?” 
“What?” 
“The dress.” 
“Yeah, I worked in a tailoring, discovered I’m pretty good at it.” 
“Your Highness made it?” A maid asked curiously, and she nodded. “You sure are a rare gem, so gifted in every aspect.” 
“Oh, I am flattered, thank you.” 
“May we help you with her?” Another one asked, smiling politely at her. 
“Could you do her hair?” 
“Sure, we could give her the same style we gave you,” they replied. “You’ll look amazing.” 
“Yes, like Mama!” Eunbi chanted, looking at the two maids with a wide smile, making their hearts melt. 
“Should we walk to the vanity table, Princess?” They proposed to her, reaching out a hand which she grabbed immediately, walking to the table with small jumps, trying to climb on the chair alone, and succeeding soon. 
“Oh, you’re so strong, honey,” a maid praised, and she gifted her a smile full of pride. 
“Thank you, I work out,” she replied, leaning closer to the table amazed by the shiny object. 
“Do you?” A maid asked as they started to work on her hair, and she nodded.
“With uncle Johnny,” she explained cheerfully. “He’s stronger than me.” 
“And what do you do with him? Push—ups?” 
Scarlett chuckled, at ease that Eunbi seemed to be comfortable enough with them compared to the other maids.
“She’s a lot,” her mother said with a smirk on her face. “Be careful of uncomfortable questions she might ask tonight.” 
“I’m sure she will be more mesmerized by the lights and flowers and all the shiny things. She mostly loves to talk about the things that she knows, and she also has a vivid imagination, she might entertain people with her weird made—up stories.” 
The Queen chuckled, “She also has a heart of gold, you two did an amazing job raising her.” 
“I thought you were going to criticize me,” she giggled. 
“How can I? I wasn’t half as present for you as you are for her. I’m proud of you, Scarlett.” 
Tumblr media
“What is she doing here?” Jaehyun asked, he was waiting behind the wooden door that led to the stairs of the main hall, fitted in his new suit, not the one of the bodyguard, but one made just for him.  
“Papa,” Eunbi screamed, running to Jaehyun, hugging his leg. 
“She was supposed to stay inside,” he said to Scarlett that just shrugged and reached his side. 
“She’s here,” she replied, running her hand over her corset, not used to wearing these types of clothes anymore. 
“Yeah, I can see.” 
“Papa,” she called, looking up at him, “two beautiful ladies made my hair.”  
“Styled, honey, they styled your hair,” he corrected. “And I see they did an amazing job, you look beautiful.”  
“Thank you, Dada. You look beautiful too.” He smiled at her, watching as she kept touching the pearls that decorated her hair, and then turned to Scarlett. 
“Is this a good idea?” 
“She was screaming like crazy, she doesn’t get along with her ladies.” 
“Oh, nice. Well, does she knows about Yong, yet?”
“Not, yet. I think we should tell her after she starts to get along with at least one of them,” she joked. “What if he can’t be here for other reasons? We won’t be able to always have free time to look after her,” she explained, making him hum in agreement, and then she kneeled to talk to her directly. 
“This is a very important night, honey. I know you’re not used to all of this, and I know this isn’t the life you expected to have but this is our reality now. We’ll meet so many people, welcoming us into the society again and,” she stopped, trying to form the words and Jaehyun kneeled next to her. 
“Just know that you have to smile at them, don’t make any bad remarks, and well, no jumping or running around.” 
“Okay, I’ll be good, like a princess, right? The one we see in the movie.” 
“Yeah, just like them.” 
“Scarlett, Jaehyun,” the Queen called them. “They are all here. I shall go first, and then I’ll invite you in. Are you ready?” 
They looked at each other and then nodded. 
When the trumpets played and the doors opened, Scarlett felt her heart drop for a second but Jaehyun’s hands intertwining with her made her relax for a moment. 
“It’ll be alright, love,” he whispered, straightening his back and looking forward. And she couldn’t help but smile back while also holding Eunbi’s little hand in hers. 
“Dear guests,” her mother chanted, “We’re very pleased to have you all here. This is surely not the first ball of the season we were expecting to host with the sudden, unexpected and saddening passing of the King. I am deeply sorrowful by the occurrence, but we must move on. We must celebrate life, new beginnings, and new comebacks. In the darkness of these past days, a newfound light shined on us and will shine on all of you. Brighter than ever before. I am delighted to let you know that this reign won’t fall into foreign hands. I am pleased to announce the return of the very honourable heir that this reign ever had. The future Queen and King of Havenglow.” 
The trumpets played again as the Queen stepped aside and people murmured, curios and thrilled just as surprised as they were. 
Scarlett tightened the hold around both of their hands and then they all stepped inside. 
The room went quiet immediately and for a moment she felt like passing out, regretting having accepted what Donghyuck proposed, not even finding him in the crowd, and feeling that having the people she loved the most at her side wasn’t enough. But then her father crossed her mind, that was what he wanted, to see her fall apart. So she smiled and straightened her back; that was what she was made for. 
“Good evening, everybody,” she greeted with a welcoming smile on her face. “I could repeat what the Queen said about the sad news about the parting of the King, but I do believe this night is not made to mourn the death but just as she said to celebrate life. I am very aware of the surprise on your faces and more so in your hearts. I disappeared and was declared dead, so surely seeing me here now, was the last thing any of you expected. Even more with a man and a child by my side. I am, in fact, also aware of all the rules I did not respect, of the sins, as most of you might want to call, I have committed. But I am also aware that none of us in this room is certainly a saint,” she chuckled, looking around, purposefully laying her gaze on the people she remembered sinned the most. “I do believe, however, that expecting perfection from human beings is quite an absurdity and I think we shall focus on the present good things that life has to offer, as wrong as they may seem. I do hope you won’t judge me for the love I gave and fought for, but I do hope you will trust me, knowing I will fight for my country just as much as I fought to be free of loving who I truly wanted and the child of what bonds us together. This new season will also bring new couples together and I hope you won’t let a rank come between you and the person you love. I know that darkness fell on this country a long time ago, even before my sudden department, even before the King’s illness. I am sure that I do have all the ability to take the throne and reign with the right strength and will to make the sun shine again and bring prosperity to our land. I hope you will not look back at my past with shame or judgment, but I hope you will carry me through the future that I have planned for all of us.” 
The room broke out into a wave of claps and cheers, and she finally breathed again before looking back at her mother that seemed rather surprised at the outcome of her first public speech. 
“May the ball begin,” she declared, waving a hand to the orchestra before turning around to reach the Queen and make their way down the stairs. 
“You are insane,” her mother whispered next to her, making her giggle lowly. 
“For being honest? Isn’t that what a Queen should do? If I hid something from them it would’ve made it worst.” 
“I guess the rhetoric classes came to be useful,” Jaehyun joked. “You were amazing.” 
“Thank you,” she whispered, still holding his hand tight. 
As soon as they reached the floor they were crowded with people politely bowing to them and asking for a talk. 
“Your Highness,” they bowed as she smiled back at them, nudging Jaehyun that was about to bow too, and holding back a laugh at how he surely wasn’t used to the reversed roles. 
“Lady Miyamoto, am I right?” 
“Yes, Your Highness, it’s an honour you still remember and it fills me with joy to know you are safe and back to lead our country.” 
“I’m glad to hear it, hope you can support me in this journey.” 
“Is she your child?” The lady then asked, looking at Eunbi that was busy glancing around. 
“She is,” Scarlett smiled at her. “She was actually supposed to be sleeping by now but what can I say, balls are tempting even at such a young age.” 
Lady Miyamoto smiled fondly at the kid that looked up at her and waved. “Hello,” Eunbi greeted, waving her hand. “Your dress is beautiful; lilac is my favourite colour.” 
“Oh,” the woman almost gasped, surprised at how chatty she was. “I will surely wear it more often when I’ll be invited at the royal’s events, then.” 
Eunbi nodded, and then the attention was back at the room. 
“I shall take her with me,” the Queen proposed, reaching out her hand to the kid that grabbed it swiftly, excited to see more. “Go chat with the guests, honey.” 
“I shall let you talk with others, Your Highness, it was an honour meeting you.” 
“It was nice to talk to you, Lady Miyamoto,” she greeted before moving around the room to meet other guests. 
“Your highness,” Lady Fernsby smiled at them. “I always said you were to make an amazing King, definitely your face and your composure much more elevated to be only a bodyguard.” 
Jaehyun smiled, bowing his head before Scarlett coughed. “Oh, yes, I think I’m going to drag this with me for a long time,” he joked, making everybody chuckle. 
“You have always been such a nice man; I remember when you pulled me out of the lake in the country house and didn’t say a word to save my reputation.” 
“The less I could do for an amazing lady like you,” he replied, lips pulled in a polite smile. 
“You two are indeed the brightest diamonds that ever crossed these halls. I feel blessed to know you will be the one leading the country, I am sure you will do exemplary.” 
“Thank you so much, Lady Fernsby, you always had nice words for me.” 
“It is what you deserve. May life only bring happiness to the three of you. I glimpsed at the little lady, she seems joyful.” 
“She sure is. Not much different from her mother, I still remember all the chaos I caused when I was young before Irina came and finally taught me how to be a proper lady.” 
“It was funny, you cheered all of us quite often.” 
“Glad to hear it, hope she will bring just as much happiness as I did.” 
After what felt ages, they had greeted everybody and Jaehyun sighed, walking to an empty corner. “God, I had forgotten how exhausting this was.” 
“Oh, come on, it won’t be like this at other events. It was our first public appearance, we made an amazing impression,” she said, taking his hand in hers. “You’re not regretting this, right?” 
He shook his head, “No, I just was overwhelmed, well, positively, considering they all seemed accepting. I hope they mean their nice words for real and this is not just fake niceties.” 
“I’m sure it’s not, they all saw me grow up, they know I am better than my father. It was just shocking at first, we are quite an unusual thing. I can’t wait to read what the journal will write about this.” 
Jaehyun laughed, “You still love gossip, don’t you?” 
“Yeah, especially about this first night. They decided the best dresses and the worst, and you have no idea about the ladies breaking down crying for their low ranks.” 
“And you were always at the top.” 
“As it should be.” 
“Maybe it was because they didn’t want to get in trouble,” he joked. 
“Or because I look good even in a bedsheet,” she winked with a teasing smirk on her face.  
“True.” 
“Isn’t it weird?” 
“What? That you look good in everything?” 
“No, silly. How the last time we’ve been here it was the end of our story. How I danced with Donghyuck as the realization hit us both. How we thought we were over.” 
“Indeed, it is. I never imagined I was going to hold your hand in public and be called Your Highness, but life’s unexpected.” 
She smiled and moved a little closer to him. “Are you sure you truly want this? Are you sure I’m not asking you too much? That I’m not forcing you into a role you don’t want?” 
“Scarlett, I would follow you everywhere. If I could’ve, I would’ve married you three years ago. I never wanted anything else but to be by your side. I’m simply not used to this life, not from this point of view. I just need time to adjust to this new role but I’ve been adjusting to so many things, I can promise you this won’t take much time.” 
“I don’t want to rush you, I just want you to give yourself value. I know it must come natural to bow at them but you are next to be King, brag about that,” she winked at him, swinging her hips against his before walking toward the centre again, mostly looking for Eunbi. 
“You know what’s also different, now?” He asked, reaching her, and she hummed, waiting for his answer. “That we can’t sneak out of this room anymore.” 
She laughed, lowering her head to don’t show it, and then coughed to gain back her composure. “Shut up and don’t tempt me, I am still very much unhinged.” 
“Maybe the next ball where we’ll have less attention on us,” he proposed with a playful smirk. 
“Oh, dears, you are here. How was it?” The Queen asked, turning around with Eunbi in her arms. 
“Fine, they were all so nice,” she replied with a smile on her face. “Aren’t you getting a little too spoiled, little one?” She asked, bopping the kid’s nose that chuckled at her. 
“I saw my uncles, Yuta was talking with a pretty lady,” she whispered, scrunching her nose. 
“Oh,” Scarlett gasped, pretending to be surprised, “Was he? Are you getting another aunt before the end of the season?” 
“She’s smart, she told me she speaks five languages,” she added. 
“It’s lady Heroux’s second daughter, she definitely is a smart lady.” 
“Oh, I remember her, we used to play together when we went to the countryside. When are we hosting a ball there?” 
“Midseason, don’t you remember?” 
“Oh, not really. Shouldn’t you put her down?” 
“I want Johnny,” Eunbi said as the Queen put her down again. 
“I don’t know where he is, oh, here you are,” she said when Johnny placed a hand around her shoulder. 
“Am I allowed to do this or should I be escorted away from you?” He joked. 
“If you did it when I was her bodyguard, I would’ve already stabbed you,” Jaehyun replied with a low chuckle. 
“Thank God, you’re not anymore.” 
“Don’t show that you’re so close, though,” the Queen warned him, almost rolling her eyes, feeling they were going to make her go insane one of these days. She had got the chance to know them during the first dinner when they arrived there and they were very nice men but surely not used to the court rules at all. And had no limits between each other, she was speechless to find out how her daughter had given birth. 
“Not to go against the Queen’s words but won’t this be useful to bring clients to our jewellery store? How are we going to create the best jewels for the crown if we don’t have money?” 
“We will give enough money to you, darling, no need to worry.” 
“Oh, let it slide, mother. He is engaged, I am too, a little hand on the shoulder is definitely not the scandal of the night when we exist.” 
“Whatever, I am going to entertain the guests, leave you with the little devil.” 
“Come here to Johnny, little devil,” Johnny chanted, kneeling to grab Eunbi. 
“We carry her up more now than when she was a little kid.” 
“Now she’s a woman,” Jaehyun joked. 
“Oh, please, you know what I meant.” 
“I couldn’t find you,” Juliet said, finally reaching them. “Of course, holding her.” 
“Are you jealous?” Johnny smirked. 
“No, but I do wonder sometimes if you love her more than you love me,” she chuckled. 
“You have to forgive him, like he and Taeyong love to say, they birthed her with me.” 
Juliet laughed and then said, “I’ll let this slide just because I too love her so much, right baby?” She cooed, sending her a flying kiss that she caught giggling. “By the way, you were amazing during the speech. I don’t know how you didn’t panic, and you were so convincing, you surely will be an amazing Queen.” 
“Thank you, Jules, it was nerve—wracking, but the silent judgment was even worst, so…” 
“Can I talk to you after I fed you and your kid for three years or are you unreachable already?” Renjun’s high voice reached them making her turn around. 
“Where have you been? I couldn’t find you,” she exclaimed, hugging him.
“I was busy spreading the word of my business, fueling the rumours about you working with me in the past, hope it works since I gave up my first shop in my hometown to come here with you.” 
“As if you can live without your two best friends. Jaemin and Jeno packed their bags faster than the wind when the offer was given, you wouldn’t have stayed there without them.” 
“Caught, but I still hope this will be successful. Also, I’ll miss having you around,” Renjun confessed with a sad smile curling his lips.  
“You’ll surely find somebody else, maybe Juliet. You looked interested in the matter, right?” 
“Oh, I did, but I never worked in a similar place,” she confessed. 
“Neither did I when I first arrived. You should try. Well, unless you don’t have other interests, I don’t want to force you to work with him.” 
“No, you’re not forcing me. I wouldn’t want to be a burden for him.” 
“Maybe for now you might help with the front desk and then we’ll see,” Renjun proposed. “And you will send me design ideas sometimes.” 
“I’ll be busy with my duties, Junie, I can’t,” Scarlett replied. 
“Talking about duties,” The Queen intervened, now standing behind the small group. “Your first dance of the night and the season. A waltz.” 
“Sure, I almost forgot,” she whispered. 
Jaehyun walked past her and then leaned out his hand, “May I have this dance?” 
She smiled, grabbing his hand, and then answered, “I’d be delighted, my King.” 
Walking to the middle of the room while people made way for them and they had no need to hide in the corridors room, felt new and never imagined before. They didn’t have to hide anymore. They could dance for real and not only do that in the gardens with the faint music playing from the windows. They could hold hands, talk with each other freely, and more. 
She felt her heart jump in her chest when his hand placed on the small of her back as the other stayed tied with hers in the air. “This feels surreal,” she whispered, sparkling eyes looking up at him. Chest warming up at seeing how relaxed he was, it wasn’t like back then when he was terrified of being found with her and his hands would shake and his steps skip. 
Jaehyun smiled fondly and then said, “But luckily for us it’s real. Can’t believe the practice we used to have together in your room after the dance classes turned out useful.” 
She chuckled, “Or the dancing in the small kitchen back at Seashore.” 
“I’m kind of sad we had to leave that house, we spent weeks putting it back together.” 
“My mother said we can redo some rooms here if we want to, we could do it ourselves.” 
“Maybe this time around Eunbi can help with something instead of just crawling around and making us panic over the smallest things.” 
“Yes, sure, she’s going to run around this time making us panic,” she replied with a giggle, briefly looking back and seeing that she was dancing in Johnny’s arms as they playfully imitated the waltz movements. “We should redo the guests’ rooms for the boys, customize them based on their likings. And maybe also the hall, it’s kind of old, isn’t it?” 
“If we look at how old the place is, we should redo everything, love,” he replied, eyes drifting from her face to look at the room for a second. It had been years, and nothing had changed, probably it only worsened. “But yes, we can surely add a breath of fresh air starting with some rooms.” 
“I don’t want our room to be my parent’s one,” she confessed, leaving in her brain the fact that, if she could’ve, she would’ve burned it. “Can we use my old room and decorate it together? Maybe we could make it bigger and tear down the wall that divided our rooms.” 
Jaehyun smiled, oh how much he had dreamed to do that back then. He couldn’t even describe the hate he felt toward that mass of bricks that separated them. “Like a symbol of victory?” 
“Yeah, also. You have no idea how much I hated that wall between us back then. You were just on the other side and yet you could never be close to me. But now it’s not like that anymore.” 
He beamed at her and then said, “We’ll definitely do it.” 
“And I also want Eunbi to be closer to us until she’s little, then we can change her to whatever room she likes but for now I want to have her close.” She wasn’t paranoic but she couldn’t understand how her mother slept knowing that the nursery was so far away from their chamber. Oh well, thinking about it, it was because she had been raised by maids. If she cried there was a maid wiping her tears and feeding her milk, if she had nightmares there was a maid singing her a lullaby or reading her a story. And as much as she knew her mother loved her, she wondered why she didn’t love her just as much as she loved Eunbi. 
Scarlett wouldn’t ever be able to sleep at night, knowing that her kid was probably crying and calling her name and some other woman was there instead to dry her little face. She was her mother, she had decided to put her in this world, even if she wasn’t expected, Scarlett wanted Eunbi with every cell of her body, so what was the point of wanting her and then not taking care of her? And for a moment the thought that not even her mother really wanted her hit, but Jaehyun dragged her out of her thoughts…
“You’re already thinking about when she’ll be a teenager?” 
She shook her head, trying to focus on the music and their conversation and not let sadness take over, “I’m just saying. Not even a teenager, maybe, when she’s eight?” 
He nodded, nose scrunching up at the idea of her being so big… eight years old, that was just four years away, and considering how fast the past four years passed… “I don’t want to think about it, let me enjoy that small troublemaker.” 
She chuckled, and then went silent, thinking about something that was going on in her brain for a lot of time now. And Jaehyun got it from the way her eyes were looking at him, daydreaming about something she wanted him to know but yet was too afraid to confess. 
“What’s running in that mind?” 
“Nothing, I mean, not something we can have right now.” 
Jaehyun raised a brow, and then knitted them together; didn’t they already have everything they could ask for? “What’s something we can’t have now? A horse? Another house? What’s missing?” 
“No, it’s not about the economical stability, it’s just that it will be a worry and we can’t add it to the list. There’s our wedding to think about first, the coronation, Johnny and Juliet’s wedding, and our new roles.” 
“Are you thinking about what I think you’re thinking?” He asked, a smug smirk on his face curling his lips and making his dimples pop out. 
She sighed as they kept moving with the music. “It’s been more than three years since we had her, and a part of me wants to focus on her but a small, small part wants another one. I want you to be by my side this time around, I want to live a tranquil pregnancy, for what it can be, and I want to make our family grow,” she confessed, staring into his eyes. This wasn’t a talk they had the chance to have for Eunbi, at least not with a sober mind, not in between dirty sheets and lust—hazed brains. Back then it was just a game, a joke. 
Jaehyun smiled, ears turning red as he tried to hide it by lowering his head.
“You were thinking about this too!” She squealed.  
“Shh, don’t scream. But yes,” he admitted, “I didn’t want to pressure you. Also, things just started going well, I thought that adding another family member was dumb and reckless.” 
Scarlett let out a sigh, and tightened the hold on their intertwined hands, “I thought I was going crazy for how badly I wanted another one.” 
Jaehyun shook his head to reassure her. If he had to be honest, he wanted another one far before then just some months ago, not being there for her during the first one had killed him. “Well, after the wedding and everything, we could try.” 
“But what if it’s too soon for her? What if we can’t love her the same? Or even for us, she’s still young and she’s a lot to take.” 
“She’s showered with love, I’m sure she won’t miss any. And if everything goes well at the first try, which I doubt we’ll be that lucky again, she’ll be fourth and a half old.”
Scarlett hummed, “It’s so weird to plan it, though. Is it how people normally do?” 
“You’re not planning it, you’re just making sure everybody’s okay with the possible arrival of a baby. Don’t stress yourself over this. It will be fine,” he reassured her, the hand on her back doing small circles and then the music stopped. 
They pulled apart, small smiles on their faces, and bowed at each other before walking to the side again. 
“You are good dancers,” Eunbi cheered as soon as they came back to her. 
“Do you want to dance with Daddy?” Jaehyun proposed, asking for her hand, smiling when she grabbed it and dragged him to the dance floor. 
“Uh, uh, the journals are going to be filled with gossip tomorrow,” Johnny sang, siding Scarlett that was looking at the scene, while he was busier watching the looks on the others’ faces. 
“I think the ton will be filled with things to talk about for a long time,” she replied, smirking and then turning to him as they laughed way too loudly for the occasion. “I seriously need to go back to being serious. You are a terrible company, Johnny.” 
“You loved my company in the past years, and I was the best person that could’ve been by your side,” he replied. 
“You were,” she agreed, “I mean, you are. Maybe not very fitting for this place, but it will do. People will get used to it.” 
“I can’t believe that this is scandalous,” Johnny confessed. He totally got why it was, but he didn’t get how it was a problem to start with. “Your father never danced like this with you?” He asked, eyes now focused on Jaehyun that was bent, trying to dance and at the same time hold Eunbi’s hands while she moved to the rhythm and laughed loudly at every missed step of her father. 
Scarlett pursed her lips together, pushing down the lump in her throat at his words, “No. He never even said he loved me,” she confessed, a small, bitter chuckle rolling out of her lips. “He had never been proud of me in any way. He never held my hand while I was struggling on my feet to take my first steps, he never rushed to be back here afraid he would miss my first words. And nothing changed when I was big enough to truly understand how much he couldn’t stand me,” she whispered the last words while her head faced the marble floor for a split second before looking again at Jaehyun and Eunbi. “I spent my entire life trying to change him, trying to be the best daughter he could’ve ever wished for. I even thought that maybe he was right at being so stern with me, I had to be good enough to be a Queen and he just wanted me to be my absolute best but now,” she had to stop to take a deep breath, and then went on, “now I know that I wasn’t the problem. I look at Eunbi and I’m so proud already and I do not really care what she’ll become as long as she’ll be happy. And you have no idea how glad I am to know that I ended up with Jaehyun and life didn’t tear us apart because she won’t ever have to fight for his love, she won’t have to get on bleeding knees and beg for him to look at her with kindness instead of disgust. She is loved, deeply, and I hope she can feel it.” 
Johnny’s arms wrapped around her shoulders, not caring that people could see, “I’m sure she knows,” he reassured her. “You and Jaehyun are amazing parents, and I’m sure that even this new thing won’t change that for her.”  
She smiled, leaning her head against his shoulder for a moment before the other two reached them once the orchestra finished playing the song. 
“Honey, are you trying to put us through more scandals?” Jaehyun asked, raising a brow at where they were united. “He looks like he could be your new bodyguard, you don’t want people to say you have a thing for them, right?” 
Johnny rolled his eyes and then moved back, letting Jaehyun take her side, while Scarlett winked at him, “But I do have a thing for bodyguards,” she whispered in his ears. 
“Careful, I’m not one anymore,” he reminded her before Eunbi called for their attention and she simply smirked at him as a reply. 
“Mama, did you see?” She asked, looking up at her while her hand pointed at the dance floor, “Was I good like you?” 
Scarlett smiled tenderly, “Oh, sweetie, you are so much better than your Mama,” she replied with a sweet tone.   
Eunbi smiled brightly, rocking her body around while her hand played together in embarrassment. “I told you I was better than her,” she said to her father and Jaehyun raised his hand in defence. 
“I think that too, but I was trying to be nice with Mama,” he said. 
“You two are always so cruel with me,” Scarlett played along, pretending to be offended, chin up and placing her fists at her sides. 
“You do have a beautiful gown, Mama,” she said, running to hug her, face smashed against her leg. “And, don’t tell it,” she whispered, looking around to make sure nobody was listening, “but you are the prettiest lady in this room,” she smiled smugly, hiding her face in her dress again, making her parents laugh. “The prettiest lady in the whooole world.” 
“Thank you, little bird,” she replied, kneeling at her height. “You are a very beautiful young lady too; I wonder where your parents are, I suppose they look amazing.” 
She giggled, throwing her head back laughing, showing her small teeth. “They are also very kind, and they love me so much. You should try my Mommy’s Sunday cake, and my Daddy’s lullabies.” 
Jaehyun kneeled too, and smiled at them, “maybe we could start with Daddy’s lullabies tonight, don’t you think so?” He proposed, eyeing the big clock in the middle of the ballroom. It wasn’t late for them, but for her, it was definitely past bedtime. 
“Do I have to go to sleep?” She pouted, lower lip out and sweet doe eyes trying to corrupt them. 
“Eyes closed, you’re not fooling Dada, baby,” he said, lifting her and tickling her. 
“But dad!” She squealed between laughs, doing grabby hands to ask her mother to help. 
“Dad’s right,” Scarlett told her when Jaehyun stopped the ‘torture’ and she calmed in his arms. “It’s way too late for you, Princess. You shouldn’t have even been here.” 
“But here is pretty, everything shines,” she complained, still pouting. 
“How are you not tired?” Jaehyun asked as they started walking out of the door while Scarlett informed the Queen they were going to put her to bed and then come back as soon as they could. 
“Because I have this dress that gives me aaalll the energy in the world,” she said, spreading her arms in an exaggerated description.
“Really?” He pretended to be surprised. “So, it gives you superpowers?” 
She nodded, smiling, and he almost melted when he saw his dimple pop out on her cheek and Scarlett’s wrinkles show under her eyes. 
“Then we’ll have to take this beautiful dress off and get into your comfortable pjs with teddy bears, don’t you think so?” 
“But that doesn’t have powers,” she whined, and then looked at her mom that reached them. Ballroom now long gone behind them as they kept walking down the corridors to reach the nursery. “I don’t want to sleep.” 
“But you have to,” Scarlett said. “You’ve been up all day, and you danced all night, and you know that even superheroes must sleep, right? How do you fight if you’re tired?” She told her, having heard the conversation since the palace was silent in the halls. 
“Fine, but will we ever come back there? I really like dancing,” she said, resting her head against Jaehyun’s shoulder, first sign that maybe she had decided to give in to sleep. That had always been her favourite position to fall asleep since she was little, an arm wrapped around his neck, the other hand flat against his chest and head against his shoulder. 
“You can go there every time you want from now on,” Scarlett told her. “I don’t think you got it, but this will be our new home.” 
And sleep was long gone when at those words she jumped up, staring back and forth at her parents with wide eyes. “This?” 
“Yeah, we moved in here. And I know it’s big and I also know you won’t get what all of this means but this is our new home.” 
“I love this,” she exclaimed, clapping her hands and Jaehyun put her down once they arrived in front of the nursery, opening the door to let her in. It was nice to see all the enthusiasm, and Scarlett hoped that she wouldn’t have cursed them once reality hit her, realizing how big this truly was. 
“And what about my uncles and auntie?” She asked, running on the bed, climbing on it before sitting on the edge to remove her shoes, not gently at all. 
Jaehyun chuckled, not even caring that she was overhyped once again and probably getting her to fall asleep would’ve taken more than one song. And Scarlett rolled her eyes, rushing to help her open the button on the back of her dress; she wanted to do way too much even when she didn’t have the ability to. 
“They won’t go back, right?” 
“No,” Scarlett replied, “You probably will see them a little bit less, but they all will be here.” 
“It will be just like at home. When we moved out in our place you would see them occasionally, right?” 
Eunbi nodded, standing up on the bed to push down the dress, and then started to jump on it. 
“This bed is soft,” she said. 
“Stop doing that,” Scarlett warned her, “what if you fall?” 
“Dada will catch me,” she chuckled, still jumping up and down, laughing loudly. 
“And Dada got you,” Jaehyun said, catching her midway. “If you fall back on the pins in your hair you’ll get hurt,” he warned her, sitting her on the vanity table chair to remove the pins from her styled hair. 
Scarlett smiled at the scene of Jaehyun delicately taking care of her hair, removing all the ornaments, and then brushing them with his hands after dropping some droplets of oils on it. This weirdly felt like home, from the other side of the world, in a place that was twice as big, but it felt like home. Nothing had changed, and she hoped that things were going to stay the same with time. 
“Can I put the pink bonnet on tonight?” Eunbi asked her mother, looking at her through the mirror while Jaehyun tied her hair in a big braid. 
“Sure, it matches with your pjs,” her mother smiled at her, going back to the closet to grab another one. “Wear the clothes first. Come here,” Scarlett encouraged her to get up so she could put on the shirt and short pants of the nightwear. 
“I can put it on alone,” she said, reaching for the silk bonnet and trying to push her hair in, but leaving the tip of the braid out and she huffed. “But I’m a big girl, now.” 
Jaehyun smiled, “you are a big girl, but even big girls need help,” he reassured her, fixing the cap on her head, and gently kissing her forehead after. 
“Right,” she smiled, kissing his cheek before raising her hands to her mother. “Kiss goodnight,” she asked doing kissy lips and Scarlett leaned so she could meet her cheek before kissing her back. 
“I like this,” Eunbi said, jumping from the chair and running to the bed again, lifting the covers and laying down, waiting for her parents to sit next to her. “Do you like it here?” She asked, as much as she felt sleepy, she also felt excited about all of these changes. She couldn’t understand, in her heart, it just felt like a new exciting adventure but as long as she had her parents at her side, she knew she was going to be fine. They had many adventures in the past years and nothing went wrong, so, even if this felt bigger, it didn’t look scary at all. She found a grandmother, she had her uncles and aunt, her parents, and even some nice ladies that helped her get pretty for a dance. She felt loved as always. 
“Yeah, we like being here,” Jaehyun replied, grabbing a chair to sit next to her, and signalling Scarlett to sit on his lap. 
Eunbi smiled, “I’m happy. I can still read books with Johnny?” 
“Yes, honey, you can do whatever you want. Nothing changed, not for the people that love you. We just moved to a bigger place,” Scarlett reassured her, caressing her hand, while Jaehyun started to caress her cheek. 
“This room doesn’t have my things,” she noted, a small pout forming on her lips and a frown on her face.  
“Not yet. Those things were mine, you know?” 
Her eyes widened and so did her mouth, “Really? Even the shaking horse?” 
“The rocking horse,” she corrected, laughing at the way she was convinced at saying that. “It’s a rocking horse, and yes, it was mine.” 
She furrowed, “But it shakes.” 
“Well, yes, but shaking it’s more like moving something with no direction, a little bit more no sense compared to rocking.” 
“Can’t we call it shaking horse?” 
“Yes, we can call it however you want,” she replied, smiling fondly. 
“I like it better if it’s yours,” Eunbi admitted, smiling, wanting to talk more but feeling drowsy. 
“Your things will come here, by the way. I know you’re not letting go of your toys,” Jaehyun reassured her. It wasn’t like she had many, unfortunately, they never could’ve afforded to spoil her, but she was quite good at not breaking them, so a lot lasted, and she ‘piled’ them over the years. 
She hummed, smiling at them before letting her body slump back into the soft mattress and snuggle her head against the pillow, still holding her mother’s hand. “Song, please,” she whispered, so tired she had no strength to elaborate a full phrase. 
“Your favourite?” Jaehyun asked and when she nodded with a sleepy smile on her face, he started singing.
It did take only one song, fortunately, for her to fall asleep but the idea of going back to the ballroom didn’t seem appealing to Jaehyun at all. Maybe he did hate those events a bit, especially when they were so full of people not only, he barely knew, but also couldn’t stand. 
“Maybe we need to work on her being a little more delicate, especially if you’re going to dress her up like that,” Jaehyun joked as they closed the door behind and stayed there, leaning against the door. 
“My mother will probably soon start the etiquette courses I had to take part in. Don’t worry, she will calm down.” 
“I don’t want her to calm down, just to don’t hurt herself. Do you see her sitting prettily at a table or not talking even to walls?” 
Scarlett chuckled, “Not really, but maybe with time,” she shrugged, grabbing his hand, and moving to head toward the ballroom, but Jaehyun pulled to the other side. “What?” She asked, turning around with a furrow. 
A smirk crossed his face, eyebrow lifting teasingly, “Remember what we used to do back then?” 
“Oh, no, we can’t do this now,” Scarlett replied, shaking her head.  
“Oh, please, you could drag me out of those rooms when my head could’ve ended in the King’s hands and now I can’t?” 
“We were… I wasn’t a Queen,” she muttered, trying to pull back. 
“You are not one, yet, technically,” he corrected, pushing her close to him, chest to chest. “Come on, want to roleplay a little bit?” 
She giggled, lowering her head from shame, “you want to be a bodyguard so bad, maybe you liked it?” 
“I did. I mean, I liked being your bodyguard. Knowing I had to protect your life with mine made me feel like loving you made a little more sense.” 
“But now you can have me.” 
“Right here?” 
“Not like that,” she cursed. “We’ve been missing for a long time.” 
“We can blame it on her,” he insisted. “Isn’t it better to be there for the end of the ball? If we sneak out after, it’s going to be worst.” 
Scarlett thought about that for a moment but then gave in, “Fine, but this is the first and last time we do that.” 
Jaehyun laughed, “You also said that when we started,” he said before he started running to the other side of the corridor. 
“Where are we going?” She asked through laughs, trying to don’t be too loud, knowing that probably some maids were still up, and holding up the dress to don’t fall miserably on the floor. 
“Shh, you don’t want them to find us,” he reminded her, coming to a stop to take a breath. 
“Where are we going?” She asked, but her eyes widened when Jaehyun only looked at her smirking. “He—here?” She asked hesitant, looking around. They were far from the ballroom, in one of the corridors of the castle with big windows letting the moonlight shine through and lit up torches on each side. And yes, no other people were awake, well except for the guards… but now that she thought about it, they were much less than before, she should’ve investigated that further… 
“Are you with me?” Jaehyun asked, lifting her chin up. 
“Y-yes. Do you know why there are so few guards around?” 
Jaehyun rolled his eyes, “Are you seriously thinking about that, right now?” 
“I mean, what if they see us, what if –” but he shut her up with a kiss. 
“You never cared about this before, now, did you?” 
She hummed, shaking her head, breathing heavily because she wanted him so badly. She missed feeling this type of rush running in her bones but right here, in the open corridor was such a bold move. But it had also been so long since they did something together, they never really had much time back at home, busy with work, Eunbi, and the general stress. Most of the time, their moments together were just falling asleep in each other’s arms or trying to make the best of the tasks to take care of the house together. 
“If you keep quiet, nobody will hear us, love,” he said, lips running on the skin of her neck, slowly making her let her guard down, starting to drag her against the nearer wall. Why was she even acting as if that was the first time they did it? Once she let him fuck her almost right outside the ballroom door and they almost got caught. 
“But don’t mess my hair, they can’t find out.” 
He snickered, “Don’t worry, I plan on messing something else,” he whispered before his lips collided with hers and his hands moved under her dress, thankful she wore something that didn’t have much volume and he could easily push it up to have access. 
Scarlett threw her head back while her hands tried hard to don’t intertwine in his hair and instead focused on his body, too, running over it as if it was a new land to explore and she didn’t already have it written down by heart. 
“Come here,” she whispered, urging him closer to her so they could keep kissing. 
“Got in the mood quickly,” he teased as he let one of his hands slip between her legs, rubbing against her sensitive core. “I love it when you get eager for more,” he whispered against her neck, kissing and nibbling her skin, “eager for me.”
She moaned, feeling a strangely pleasurable sting as the pins in her hair dug a little deeper into her scalp as her head pressed back into the marble wall behind her. And a shaky whimper slipped out of her lips when Jaehyun’s slid two fingers into her after moving the panties to the side, and started to pump in and out. 
“Fu – fuck,” she moaned, squeezing her eyes shut, nails digging in his forearms. 
“You like this, don’t you?” He asked, voice low, and eyes staring at the way her body was already squirming under him. And his cock throbbed harder at the sight of her being so vulnerable. He had missed this; her, perfectly dressed up, in her Princess clothes, with her Princess duties, turning putty in his hands. And even if right now it was different because they were the same, at least in their hearts, he couldn’t help but get turned on at that thought. It was his guilty pleasure to know that he was still the only one that could see her like this, the only one that ever got so deep into her skin, into her heart and bones. 
“Yes, yeah,” she replied, forcing her eyes open, looking at him, hips bucking against his hand, shaking when his palm pressed hard against her clit while his two fingers kept pumping into her. “Need you,” she begged, letting her hand run in his hair, not caring about messing it up. “Take me, now.”
Jaehyun snickered, “You are still so greedy for a Princess,” he mocked, adding a third finger, ignoring her words. “But don’t you think it’s worse now?” His voice got lower as his movements sped up; he was going to make her come twice, there was no way he was pulling out right now. She shook her head, whimpering, trying hard to ground herself against him. “You are soon to be Queen,” he snickered, drifting his eyes into hers, making her heart skip a beat for how much this all felt like in the past. But this time it was funny, because it was just a game, their different status couldn’t push them away. 
She gulped, parting her lips to try to let out words that made sense, and said, “Fuck me hard, then. Don’t treat me like a Queen, not now, not tonight, please,” she begged, moving a hand to wrap it around his wrist. Jaehyun smirked, “I didn’t plan on treating you like a Queen. But I do want to make you come until you are melting, so come,” he ordered, quickening the speed, cum dripping down his hands and her legs. 
And she did, trapping her lower lip between her teeth to don’t let out any sounds, she came around his fingers, squeezing her eyes shut and biting so hard she could taste blood in her mouth. 
Jaehyun smiled, pulling out of her and moving his hand quickly on the buttons of his pants to pull out his throbbing cock, but right when he was about to lift one of her legs up and push his tip against her entrance, she stopped him. 
“Ta-take me from behind,” she mumbled, skin heating up and eyes not looking at him. A small laugh rumbled in his chest before he lifted her chin and forced her to look at him. 
“No, Princess, it doesn’t work like this,” he replied and then ran his tongue on his lips. “Ask politely while you look into my eyes, come on,” he ordered. “Tell me you want to be taken hard and rough with your pretty face against the wall.” 
His words sent her brain into a spiral and she almost moaned at how sinful it all felt, but gathering the courage to say those words out loud, to be this dirty, was harder. 
“Cat got your tongue? It’s very rude to make people wait, and right now you’re not only making me wait but,” he leaned closer to her ear, “do I have to remind you about your people waiting for you during your first ball?” 
Those words made her realize they didn’t have all the time in the world. It was a miracle if nobody was looking for them already, and she wondered just for how long the excuse of tucking Eunbi in bed was going to last, they weren’t even close to the nursey. 
“Please, sir, fuck me hard against this wall, please,” she begged. 
“Your wish is my command, Your Highness,” he replied with a smirk on his face, feeling his heart much lighter now at calling her with those honorifics. He was quick at turning her around and lifting her dress again before aligning against her entrance, slowly making his way in. 
She moaned when Jaehyun bottomed out, resting a hand flat against the cold wall and pushing her ass back against him. And she imagined he was going to start picking up speed, but he kept moving slowly, dragging all the way out and then pushing back inside. 
“You’re so delicate with me since I’ve had her,” she huffed, thinking back at how, the few times they had the chance to do something, he had changed completely and never gave it to her as hard as he was used to doing. “I want it hard,” she demanded. “Remember how you used to take me when we would do this? How much you loved seeing me a mess underneath you? How you loved knowing nobody knew how much I loved being manhandled and being ruined by you.” 
“Is that what you want? I thought you demanded not to ruin you, I thought people couldn’t know,” he replied, but his hips started slamming harder against her, still pulling almost all the way out but with a faster speed. 
“I changed my mind – fuck – I, I want them to know. I want the ton to know I belong to – shit – to you,” she cried out when one of his hands wrapped around her waist and squeezed, “I want them to know you’re the only one that gets me like this.” 
“I’ll give it to you, then, my Princess,” he said, other hand moving up to graze her neck and pulling her back to kiss her harshly. 
“Fuck,” she moaned, closing her eyes, struggling to keep her whines of pleasure into her mouth as she could feel him deep and hard inside of her, the veins of his dick dragging against her wet walls and his girth stretching her just how she wanted. “Just like that.” 
“Yeah, you like that?” He asked, pressing his forehead against her, consequentially pressing her face more against the wall. “And I bet you’ll like it even more if I do this,” he said with a smirk, moving the hand on her hips between her legs. 
She gasped, pushing back against him, and couldn’t keep in her sinful sounds. 
“No, no, Princess,” he cooed, “keep your pretty mouth shut, remember? Anybody could hear us, or worse,” he lowered his voice, “see us.” 
Her eyes fluttered behind her lashes, and her walls clenched around him. And Jaehyun snickered, “Maybe that’s what you want, an audience. How scandalous do you truly want to be, my Queen?” 
And this time the thing that fluttered in her body was her heart, for some reason, the way the words my Queen rolled out of his lips, and in such a moment, made her knees buckle and her heart beat faster. It sounded so good, so wrong somehow considering this was the last thing a Queen should be doing, but she couldn’t mind. 
“You don’t mind, don’t you?” He teased, quickening the pace on her clit, kissing her shoulders, and pushing her more against the hard surface. “You still are my dirty little girl, aren’t you? This royal blood is not enough to let you control yourself, to know how to behave.” 
“Maybe I deserve a punishment,” she mumbled, smirking, nails dragging against the wall.
“I should scold you,” he moaned against her ear. “Do you know how dangerous it is to be out here at night?” 
“Fuck,” she whimpered, “Is it?” 
He laughed lowly, making her moan louder and close her eyes once again, “You are lucky I was the one finding you, or else you have no idea what could’ve happened. The future Queen shouldn’t – fuck – stay here,” he whimpered, “with no one to protect her.” 
She pressed her lips in a thin line, feeling that she couldn’t be silent for more when he started to set a brutally fast speed, knocking the breath out of her, cock sliding into her so right she couldn’t remember when it was the last it felt so good, so needed. 
“Maybe that was what you wanted, being fucked hard and rough like any commoner,” he teased, “and if only you didn’t have a ball to run to because you – shit – have to you would let me take you even harder, right?” 
She mumbled a broken answer, back arching further into him, “yes,” she gasped, “’d let you do – fuck – anything.” 
“I know, Your Highness, I know,” he smirked against her ear, getting drunk in the sight of her, only now truly realizing just how much he had missed her like this, puffy lips getting tormented as she struggled to keep it all in and at the same time craved for more, how her eyes fluttered from pleasure, how her boobs were beautifully pressed up in that dress and panted heavily against the wall as she tried to catch her breath. “Would you do something for me, Princess? Would you follow an order from your subject?” 
“Yes, yes,” she mumbled. 
“Good, then come for me,” he ordered, “come undone where anybody could see you melt in my hands. Come on, let these walls see the mess you can make of – shit – yourself.” 
And it was all too much when his fingers on her clit sped up and his thrusts kept the same fast pace that made her head spin around, moans spilling out loudly that Jaehyun had to cover her mouth with his hand to muffle the lewd sounds as he filled her to the brim, not caring about the mess. Both forgetting that just two corridors away a ball was going on and the Queen was panicking, trying to calm the guests and give an explanation for their disappearance, trying to pity the ton saying that for Eunbi it was all too new, and they had to take extra care of her. 
“Are you alright?” He asked, leaving small kisses on her face as he slowly pulled out, fixing her panties, smirking at the thought of her having to walk around with that mess for at least one hour – if they were lucky. 
Scarlett smiled weakly, turning around to rest her back against the wall, trying to calm her breathing. “I’m too old for this, but yes, I feel alright.” 
Jaehyun chuckled, “you wanted me to go hard on you, there’s a reason if I treat you with extra care.” 
“Oh, shut up, I can take it, I just need more time to recover after,” she joked.
“Shit, I fear there’s somebody,” Jaehyun muttered, shushing her with a finger, sharpening his hearing and listening to footsteps approach. “Follow me,” he told her, grabbing her hand and walking a few steps before he pulled a candle hanging on the wall, opening a secret passage. 
“This has always been here?” Scarlett asked surprised, not convinced to get in, but when the steps got louder, she stepped inside, the thick wall closing behind them again. 
“Always,” he replied, starting to walk through the channel after lighting up a candle. 
“How do you still remember everything?” 
Jaehyun snickered, “I had spent nights up studying this place, it was one of the tests I had to pass to get the job. Being good at defending you physically wasn’t enough, you always need to know where you can run and hide, and well, where your enemies might hide as well.” 
Scarlett hummed. She knew he had this place impressed in his memory, but she imagined that after more than three years he would forget about it, and yet, he still knew, it was impressive. “And where will this lead us?” 
“Right outside the ballroom if we go this way,” he said, turning left. “This way we can simply say that we were already heading back when they came to search for us.” 
“I know we shouldn’t have done that,” she paused, “but I missed having you like that,” she confessed, holding his hand tighter. “It’s exciting, don’t you think?” 
Jaehyun smirked, “I wouldn’t have dragged you there if I didn’t think so.” 
“But I truly think this should be the last time of reckless fun,” she added. “I hope it hadn’t been so much to make them get suspicious.”
“We’ve been quick,” he reassured her, pushing another brick, opening the wall on the other side, and they both stepped outside. “Ready to face the ton again?” 
“Always ready if I have you by my side.” 
Tumblr media
After the ball, life had been pretty erratic, and Scarlett often wondered if she could truly keep up with the rhythms of the court. But in answer to every intrusive thought that would cross her mind, there was Jaehyun reassuring her everything was going to be alright. 
‘It’s hard because there are many big events to prepare for, and you also need to catch up on everything you missed in the past years,’ Jaehyun had told her a few times, and she agreed but still cursed Donghyuck for calling her so late and damned herself for having accepted. 
There wasn’t a rush for the enthronement. Her mother was still the Queen, and she could’ve been elected Queen for now and then followed the ceremony of coronation later. But, seemingly, it was more pressuring than she imagined. Her mother had no strength to follow through with her duties, not that she had ever done that, considering the one ‘taking care’ of everything was the King. And the country needed a leader, a strong one, and considering the whole situation, she needed an iconic arrival on the scene. Being nominated Queen in private just wasn’t enough. They needed a show, people needed to love her, honour her, truly trust her and see how devoted to the role she was. 
All the excitement that rushed in her veins was slowly slipping away at the thought she wasn’t enough. Maybe her father was right, she wasn’t made for this, she was a disappointment. But then her hate for him took over. She had promised him she was going to be everything he didn’t think she could be, so she tried. For revenge, for Eunbi, for Jaehyun, for the boys that gave up everything and followed her with the promise of a better future. She needed to start from her very own people so she could also be good to her country. 
And luckily, Donghyuck had been kind enough to offer to help her, at least at the start. He would go with her at the first meetings with other countries. He also assured her to side with her Queendom and maintain the relations he already had with her father. And his support made her sleep at night a little more. 
But what was pressing the most was the coronation day. And now that only two days were ahead, she couldn’t help but panic. 
There was no turning back. 
The moment the crown would’ve touched her head and she would’ve sworn to fight and protect her land with her own life and would’ve been proclaimed Queen, her life would’ve been marked forever. And even if power felt thrilling, and that was exactly what she had longed for her entire life, right now, that it was so close, it felt terrifying. 
“You will not survive another day if you don’t calm down,” Jaehyun whispered, bringing her out of her thoughts again, she had lost count now of how many times if it wasn’t for him, her brain would’ve started travelling way too far and pushed her deeper into that misery. 
“I am calm,” she replied, but the way her feet were tapping against the ground and she barely touched food all dinner said other things. “Why can’t my mother still reign just for a little bit more?” She snapped, dropping down the fork on the floor. “It’s fine,” she dismissed a maid ready to pick it back up. “Honestly, you may leave, we’re fine. You’re dismissed, all of you, thank you,” she said, talking to everybody in the room. 
“But, Your Highness, we are the security,” a guard said, not following the reluctant maids out of the room. 
“Nobody’s going to kill us while we’re eating. You can wait outside if you really feel it’s needed, thanks,” she insisted, waiting for everybody to leave them alone.  
“Scar, are you okay?” Jaehyun asked, worried, once everybody was out, placing his hand on her shaking one. 
“No,” she admitted, trying to hold in the tears, she didn’t want to cry in front of Eunbi that was still finishing her dessert. “I’m so nervous, and I know you keep telling me I can do this, but…” she had to stop, feeling like she could break down right there at any moment. “Let’s not talk right now, alright?” 
Jaehyun hummed, not convinced, but decided to drop the conversation until Eunbi was done. It was an adult talk anyway, and there was no need to have it with her in front. 
“Honey,” he called Eunbi when she had finished her sweet and was cleaning her face with a napkin, “Daddy needs you to go to sleep with Nana Maria tonight. Can you do me this favour?” She had grown close to Scarlett’s maid women, still wanted to have nothing to do with her supposed to be maids, but it was something, at least. 
Eunbi hummed, nodding happily. “Are you sad Mama?” She asked when, leaning on the table to get closer to her to kiss her, she noticed her expression. 
“A little tired, sweetheart, but don’t worry, alright?” Scarlett replied, caressing her soft cheek. “I’m calling Maria and —”  
“No, I’ll carry her to the nursery and tell Maria to look after her for tonight. Wait for me in our room, I’ll be back immediately,” Jaehyun stopped her, grabbing Eunbi’s hand after she kissed her mother goodnight and walked out of the diner room. 
Scarlett got up soon after, walking to their room, and then starting to get changed for the night, thankful she had dismissed her maids from doing it for her. It was nice having them around, but she was so used to being alone now, that she couldn’t stand so many people around doing so many basic things for her. Why couldn’t they just come and help when it was needed and during the rest of the time go back home and have their own family? Why did they have to stay there and waste their lives for somebody capable of taking care of it by herself? 
Also, she enjoyed much more being in that room with only Jaehyun, and Eunbi when she whined to fall asleep and begged for them to let her fall asleep between them. Maybe the hype was waning a bit even for her. 
“Hey,” Jaehyun called, making her turn back from the dresser. 
“Was she alright?” 
He nodded, walking next to her, placing a hand on her shoulder, she’s fine, you know she doesn’t whine much if you talk it through.” 
Scarlett hummed while she dipped the tips of her fingers in the cream and started massaging her face with more anger than was needed. 
“Can you explain what is going on?” He asked, sitting next to her, watching her movements and how much she was shaking. 
She sighed, starting to collect her hair in a braid but giving up halfway, so Jaehyun got up and positioned behind her to it instead. She smiled at him through the mirror and then started talking, perhaps if she let it out it would’ve been easier. “I’m thrilled and nervous at the same time. I want this so badly, and deep down I know I’ll be good, but what if the good feedback was fake? What if somebody truly wants us dead? What if because of my greed I will lose you?” 
“Your greed? Wanting love and power is greed? Why is it never questioned to Kings? Why are they never asked to choose between those? Why would leading your country, the land you were born and raised in, and being an amazing mother and wife would be greedy or wrong?” 
“I don’t know, but people don’t think like us,” she explained, getting up and standing in front of their bed, once again tapping her feet nervously since she couldn’t ruin the perfectly cured manicure of her nails. 
Jaehyun sighed, “I know I will never understand the weight you carry on your shoulders because what people expect from you is nothing compared to what they expect from me. But you saw them, you saw your people, crying and thanking the Saints for having sent you back again to save them. You are their saviour, you are the good they have been asking for, for ages. And they wouldn’t have hesitated to pull out a knife and push it down your flesh if they hated you, but they didn’t. Two days after you have been represented to society, you were between them, and they all worshipped the ground you walked on. This is the place where you belong, this is where you were always supposed to be. Proud and tall, a reigning Queen, capable of anything. Never doubt that.” 
“And then I am the one good with words,” she joked, smiling at him, feeling the tension loosen up a little when his hand cupped her cheek and caressed her softly. 
“Queen Scarlett Aloace of Havenglow,” Jaehyun whispered, “it sounds so beautiful,” he beamed, thumb caressing her skin. 
“It will sound so scary when it won’t come out of your lips tomorrow,” she replied with a light chuckle. 
“But for now, it can only come out of my lips,” he reassured her, getting closer, leaning down to let their noses touch, “and the thousands of people cheering it, chanting it, vowing for you, praying the Gods up high to light up your road headed. People are devoted, deeply, even scarily, but this will assure you what you had asked them to do; to walk by your side as you will bring the light on this country for the first time in years.” 
“But I am no Saint, I have no Gods by side,” she replied, shivering as she thought about the trust people were putting in her hands. How fondly they truly believed she was going to be their saviour, and she feared she couldn’t have been able to live up to those expectations. People not only were devoted, but they were tired of years of mistreatments, abuse, and poverty, just one mistake, and that would’ve been the final straw. 
“Then be your own God,” he stated, lips brushing together, “be who you truly are destined to be.” 
She chuckled against his lips, “a Goddess? I don’t think that is my destiny.” 
“You do look like one,” he replied, fingers slipping behind her neck and pushing her closer. “I want you to be loud as a tornado when you walk the halls and take back everything you were destined for. I want you to be the only one people will look at. I want you to shine bright as the star you are meant to be. Do not hold back because that is what your father told you your entire life. Do not hold back because he taught you to stay quiet, silent in a corner as people walked all over you and your will. Do not think that only because you share half of his blood you are the same as him.” 
She felt her heart beat harder at his words, feeling sensitive to the point of crying. 
“I am capable of doing this,” she whispered, looking into his eyes, searching for that kind of comfort only he was able to give her, grounding herself into his golden—brown depths to seek more confidence. 
“You are,” he repeated, kissing her, small touches, lips that seemed almost shy, but full of intentions as if he wanted to imprint that thought into her deeper. “I can’t wait to see you covered in gold, sitting on your throne, wearing your crown, and holding your sceptre.” 
She chuckled, head falling back at the tickling sensation of his lips against her skin. “You do know you might fuel my darkest desires with your words?” 
“Do you have them?” He asked, pulling apart for a second, raising a brow. 
“I may have them, who knows,” she played along, letting her finger trail against his jacket. “May I confess to you? Will you swear to don’t let them slip past your lips?” 
“I would do anything for you, my Queen,” he confessed, dropping to his knees. She felt her breath falter for a moment when seeing him like this, hearing his words, made her realize how good power felt, how she wanted to have it all, to prove everybody she was capable and worthy and deserving of everything she had. She wanted to prove there was no reason to doubt her because she could have both, love and power. 
And maybe that was the last night of what felt normal, but what felt normal wasn’t what was written in her destiny. 
Jaehyun was right, she was supposed to be great, and she was going to prove it. 
“Then love me,” she whispered, lifting his face with two fingers under his chin. Power was ahead, but love was what she wanted to feel that night, love that only Jaehyun could give her. And love was what she wanted to hold on to, selfishly and greedily like they always did, when they spent hours burning between these sheets pretending what they had was right. Because nothing much changed, only when she was rolling in that tangle with him, only when his fingers grazed her skin so gently and his lips brushed against it like the softest summer breeze, she felt human again. He was good at that, protecting her from the weight of the world, and the weight of her own brain. He was good at making the world stop spinning around so fast and cage their bodies in a limbo where nothing could hurt them, not in the past, not now, and not even in the future.
And the rush of power she felt as his hands moved on her legs, pushing the silk nightgown up, and going up on her stomach, lips trailing on her skin, made her lose her mind. 
She wanted more.
Tumblr media
Scarlett stared at her reflection in the mirror while her fingers ran over her dress; the red and the golden embroideries made her look regal, and she loved the way the big gown fell on her hips and then dragged on the floor behind her. Her eyes drifted on her face, her eyelids were painted gold and a sharp line of black lifted them, while her lips were shiny. Her hair was styled in an intricated hairstyle and then pulled together in a medium-low bun. Her hands were wrapped in red gloves with gold patterns running from her fingers and then fading the closer they got to her arms. 
She took a deep breath, closed her eyes, and let her hand brush her dress to fix the crease. When she opened them again a smile curled her lips as her eyes made eye contact with Jaehyun from the mirror. 
“You look stunning,” he whispered close to her ear, leaving a small kiss on her temple. 
“We look stunning,” she said, turning around to fix his deep red jacket with the same golden patterns she had. “I was right,” she smirked, looking at him, brown hair pulled back in a comma hairstyle, elegant suit, royal posture, and his same old familiar face she loved so much. 
“About?” He asked, raising a brow. 
“You would be an amazing King,” she smiled, caressing his cheek, observing how much he looked like all the other men they tried to set her up with. 
“Easy now,” he chuckled, taking her hand in his, “this is your coronation, remember.” 
“I know, I cannot forget it easily when I’ve been pampered all morning to be absolutely perfect for this event.” 
“They did an incredible job,” he said. “Are you ready?” 
She hummed, taking one last brief glimpse at the mirror and then intertwining their arms together. 
“You can walk with me, right?” 
“I would’ve had to do that if I was your bodyguard, surely not intertwining our arms.” She grinned, pushing the door and walking to the throne room. “I will leave your side when we enter. You will walk alone to the throne and then the celebration will start. I will be behind you.” 
She nodded, they had tried it before since her mother insisted nothing could go wrong, but she imagined the Queen wanted somebody else to protect her, probably Jaehyun had convinced her to let him stay by her side. 
And now that they were standing right in front of the doors, she felt her heart falter for a moment, and cold over her, even more, when Jaehyun’s arms slipped out of her hold. 
“You are made for this,” he reminded her, moving behind her. “I love you.” 
“I love you, too,” she replied, smiling at him before the trumpets started playing and the doors opened. The golden light of the room washed over her as she tried to adjust her eyes to see and look at the insane amount of people that were in the throne room, waiting, politely standing, ready to welcome her and accept her as their new leader. 
This had a completely different feeling than all the practice she had. These were real people. The ones she had to guide through the future. 
But somehow, seeing them, felt less pressuring than it was in her imagination. So, she lifted her chin, hands in front of her, and started walking toward the throne where the Queen was waiting, naked of her own crown. 
The celebration started, and it felt like hours to her before they arrived at the vows. 
“Scarlett Aloace of Havenglow, do you solemnly swear to rule according to law, exercise justice with mercy, lead your country with the intent to put the people first, and maintain high the name of the Crown?” 
“I solemnly swear to rule according to law, exercise justice with mercy, lead your country with the intent to put the people first, and maintain high the name of the Crown,” she repeated. 
The Queen turned around, grabbed the crown and the sceptre, and then looked at the sky, “Hear our prayers of peace and prosperity, and look, Almighty Gods, with a serene gaze on this, and may you let your light shine on our beloved Queen, giving her the power to carry through and lead us toward a new beginning,” she recited, taking the golden crown and lifting it up, so everybody could see it. “Scarlett Aloace, receive this crown and sceptre by my hands, delivering it to you, with my blessing, to serve for the defence of our Land,” she concluded, placing the crown on top of her head and handing her the shaft. “By the power vested in me, I declare you Queen Scarlett of Havenglow.” 
And only when her mother’s words shut down, and the crowd erupted in loud applause with cheers and cries and the heavy jewel touched her head, Scarlett realized what had happened. She turned around, finally facing her people, seeing children, mothers, workers, and the ones she loved the most, and realised that there, was exactly where she was supposed to be. 
When the feast died down and the throne room was empty, Scarlett wandered around, only now focusing on how majestic the room truly was. With no people inside it looked even brighter, the chandeliers and the golden from the trimmed walls making the moonlight reflect everywhere. The big red carpet ran from the doors to the altar. The paintings on the walls of the previous monarch, standing proud in the golden frames, and she gulped, thrilled to think that they were both going to be there. She had already discussed it with the family painter, she wanted both of them to be there. 
“I know I told you repeatedly today, but,” Jaehyun whispered, “you look majestic this way,” he finished, standing behind her, hands running over her waist, crossing right in front of her belly. 
“All this golden makes me shine,” she replied, turning her head around, and nuzzling her nose against his, making him smile at the tender gesture. It felt intimate being able to see this cosy side of her after he had watched her stroll around all day, standing high and proud as she met the people and the ton.  
“You do not need gold to shine, but yes, it does help,” he chuckled. “Although, I’d love to see you sit on the throne,” he whispered against her neck, eyes looking over her, where the big, shiny, golden seat was, high above the carpeted stairs in the middle of the room. 
“We need to add another seat for you, you will be crowned King too,” she said as they started walking toward it. 
“I can wait,” he reassured her. “I am already King by your side.” 
She giggled shyly, looking down to don’t slip on the stairs. “You are the most hopeless romantic person I have ever met.” 
“I take it as a compliment,” he chuckled as he followed her movements on the throne. And even though the crown wasn’t adorning her head anymore and no sceptre was in her hand, he was still mesmerized by the sight and how much she belonged there. She fit perfectly and he couldn’t believe she had been willing to let all of this go for him. He didn’t feel deserving of so much love, devotion, even, he dared to call it, because what united them was stronger than love for sure. Possibly it could’ve even been considered wrong, but he couldn’t care. 
So he kneeled right in front of her, surprising her, eliciting a gasp of surprise from her. 
“Do you feel alright?” She asked, worried. 
He smiled at her, “never felt better.” 
“Then why are you there?” 
“I need to show you some things,” he said, moving closer to her on his knees, letting his hands travel under the dress, up on her legs, “Need to show you I can praise you and worship you better than the people that were chanting your name just a few hours ago.” 
Scarlett shivered at the contact of his cold fingers and the tone of his voice, breath already faltering in anticipation. 
“Here?” 
A smirk curled his lips, “you always ask me the same question.” 
“You always pick the worst places to have me.” 
“Does Your Majesty require better?” 
She gulped, feeling electricity rush through her at his words, his tone, his eyes staring straight into her in that position, hitting straight to her core. She briefly looked around, to take in where they were, who she was, simply hoping nobody was going to come in – nobody was allowed there, technically. Because she loved this in a way she never imagined she could. 
“Show me,” she ordered, regal tone, firm and confident. “You may show me how devoted you are to me, to your Queen.” 
And Jaehyun obeyed, pushing the fabric of the dress up for what was possible and then pulling her laced undergarments down, letting them lay on the floor, having her on full display for him. He smirked at the sight of her wet folds, glistening and dripping for him only. And in a second his lips were on her, dancing on her sensitive spot, making her throw her head back and grip tighter around the throne armrest. 
Jaehyun looked up at her, the light falling on her and then reflecting in a circle around the crown of the throne, the golden spikes making her look like a Goddess, like an angel exploding with light of her own. A strong contrast compared to the blissful contorted look on her face and the not so sacred words spilling out of her plump lips. 
And the thought of serving her never weighed on his shoulders. He wouldn’t have complained if that was the only purpose in his life. Only existing for her, to serve his Queen, his Goddess. He would’ve given her his life if he had to. 
“More,” she whispered, voice low and filled with lust, but it didn’t come out like a beg, it was an order. Another one. As her ass slid halfway off the seat and her legs wrapped on his shoulders and his grip tightened on her hips and thighs, keeping her from falling. 
“Fuck,” she cursed, letting her fingers intertwine in his hair, holding tight, making him moan against her as his tongue kept working miracle on her, drunk in love, drunk in her, drinking her off like wine from the most precious grapes. 
And she couldn’t help but push him harder against her, getting high at the sight of him. Feeling her stomach twitch for how devoted he was. 
“Need you,” he whispered, pulling away from her, but she put him back in his place. 
“And I need you here, between my thighs,” she ordered, sultry voice coming out so harmonically Jaehyun felt his head spin. “Pray for me, love.”
And he obliged again, sucking her clit, licking her, slipping past her entrance, making her writhe and squirm. Feeling power slip from his reach more and more, letting himself go at her orders and hands guiding him into sinful perdition. It did feel like a religion, an unholy one, a religion that would’ve led them both to hell as sinners as they always have been. Daring the most powerful Gods, rising against them, and somehow always winning. And adding more immorality wasn’t going to make the pain of their eternity worse. So, they kept sinning. 
She was his religion. 
And right there, on his knees, between her legs, he was praying. 
He was devoted to her and her only because no other God ever looked over him like she did. Nobody else would’ve sacrificed so much of themselves for him. Nobody else would’ve given up their lives for him. 
Only in the crease of her body, he could find his redemption. Only in her sacred wine, he could get drunk. Only in her voice, he could find eternal forgiveness. 
He was, since ever and for eternity, her most devoted believer.  
Her hips started trembling, moving uncontrollably against him, and in a moment, she was boneless in his hands, crumbling apart as pleasure washed over, but it didn’t make her feel tired, it felt like a weird rush of power, of strength, of guilty pleasure, or probably pride. So much she truly felt like a Goddess at that very moment. 
“Did I prove it to you?” He asked when she let him go and his eyes locked into hers, chin still stained with her fluids. “Is this how you should treat a Queen?”  
A smirk curled her lips, “but I’m not a Queen, I’m a God,” she replied, cupping his chin and forcing him up, making him sit at her place, pushing him down with no grace. “A Queen is pliant, silent at her King’s side, she tends to submit more than to control,” she whispered against his ear. “Don’t you think so?” 
He hummed, “not you, not by my side.” 
She smirked again, pulling away from him. “Strip,” she ordered, looking down at him. 
Jaehyun gulped, shaky hands moving to unbutton his golden embroidered jacket, letting it fall to the side before he did the same with his pants. 
“Naked,” she said, eyes pointing at his underwear. “I want to see all of you.” 
And only when he was fully naked, she walked to him again, hands placing against the throne, lips close to his, breath fanning against them as she spoke, “how far can you show me how much you love me?” 
“As far as you want,” he replied with no hesitation, fighting the urge to touch her, to strip her naked too, slightly taken aback by this unexpected aura that surrounded her, she truly felt untouchable, like an outer being he simply was not worthy of being with. 
“Do you think you can satisfy me? Bring me to heaven and don’t let me fall?” 
“I can. I’d do anything for you,” he answered, moving forward to let their lips meet, but she pulled away. 
“Prove it to me,” she said, lifting her dress just enough so she could sit on top of him. “After that, maybe, you’ll get a taste. You have to earn a place in heaven, baby. Show the Gods just what you would do to get eternal safeness.”
And maybe they both needed to be saved from this hell they created, for the wrongfulness of their lives, for the sinful abyss they let their souls get dragged in, for putting love – a false god, sneaky, and dangerous – before the real one up there. For adding more sin on their judgment day. But that wasn’t coming anytime soon, so they were going to still worship what they had, cherish it with their hearts and love, mixing sacred and profane. Because dying in each other’s arms didn’t sound so bad, and not even spending eternity together, even if it meant burning in the pits of hell. 
So they were there, bodies intertwined, a tangle of flesh and skin and blood slamming hard against each other in that holy room that had seen hundreds of royals pass from those doors to consecrate their Highness and their power but never to let those shiny walls witness something as unholy as this. 
And the sounds rippling through their throats were even worst, moans, whimpers, chants of the Gods they were just profaning, begging for forgiveness that was never going to come, or probably, even more shamelessly, calling each other that. 
“Fuck,” Jaehyun muttered, letting his hands wrap around her covered waist, and his head fell back before he forced his eyes open to look at her. “I am crazy for you,” he confessed, moving closer to her, begging her to let him kiss him, to let her subject get a taste of those precious, soft lips that reminded him of the most tasteful cherries. And she let him because she didn’t need him to show how much he longed for her, how far he would’ve gone for her. She knew it. It was in the way he still stayed a step behind her. It was in the way he was her first supporter in everything. It was in the way she knew he wouldn’t have hesitated to stab somebody if they dared to hurt her. 
And Jaehyun didn’t particularly feel in a position of control that night, but he still dared to ask, beg her for something so big, a thought that now was tormenting him, “need to give you a child,” he whispered, looking straight into her eyes, feeling her breath falter and her walls tighten around him. Brain spinning at the sick idea of a being so high and graceful like her to let someone like him fill her womb with sacred life. “Yeah, you want that?” 
She nodded, letting her forehead collapse against him and her nails dig into the blades of his shoulders, sinking so deep she drew blood and made him hiss. 
“Want to let everyone know that – fuck – you let the commoner put another baby into you?” He teased, thrusts getting faster for what he could. “Such a generous Queen letting anybody take you, getting – shit – your blood stained with the most unworthy.” 
“You are not,” she replied, shutting him with a kiss, ravenous, eager, “you are by my side. You gained – fuck,” she whimpered when he hit particularly hard right where she was most sensitive. “You gained your spot in heaven, right next to my side.” 
He kissed her again, one hand slipped on the small of her back, pushing her closer, cursing she didn’t take off her dress because he wanted to feel her, mark her, stain her even more, with sin, with love, with the madness that their passion was. Somehow, he wanted to sink even deeper into her skin, not caring he already knew so much of her and had her impressed in the back of his mind. He needed more. 
“Need to see you full of me,” he muttered, “Need to see you walk around with my baby, round and full of our love. Need to – fuck – give you another one.” 
“Do it,” she screamed, “I’m yours,” she wept, “And yours only. Shit. Yours to keep. Fuck. Yours to lose,” she whimpered. “I’m yours, every inch of me,” her breath faltered, hands clasping in his hair, pulling him closer, standing eye to eye. “All of me, is for your eyes only.” 
And Jaehyun felt his heart lose a beat. This wasn’t one of their wishful thinking at night back in her chamber when he would have to go back into his room. These were the words of a Queen, his Queen. These words were real, she was his, and he was hers. In people’s eyes. In the fruit of their love. And soon even on papers. He was worthy of a Queen’s love. His Queen, the only one he could ever care about. The only one that truly felt deserving of that spot in his heart. And that was the last thing he needed. He was going to be by her side this time. He was going to be able to walk tall by her side, not behind. He would’ve seen her raise their love child and cherished her every day. 
And at that moment he truly realized how deep he was into her.
“I’m close,” her voice came out in a whisper as her head rolled back and she struggled to lift her body on him as the knot in her stomach tightened and her brain felt hazy. 
“I know,” he replied, “I can feel you tightening around me. I’m going to fill you up, fuck,” he moaned, hand reaching her neck and forcing her to look at him. “Will you take it? Will you carry the – ohh – the fruit of our love?”
“Yes,” she replied with no hesitation. “I will take anything from you.” And it was true, and she would’ve wondered when and how she became so vulnerable to him, what made their love become like this, but her brain wasn’t in the condition to think a single thought that made sense. 
“Then take it,” he moaned, making their lips meet again in a heated kiss as his hips kept thrusting hard against her. “Take my child.” And in a few seconds, he started spilling his seed inside of her, triggering her orgasm that exploded, vision blinding and ears buzzing as their sealed mouths muffled the high moans and screams that were being pushed out by their lungs. It felt so intense that everything around started to spin and yet, they couldn’t stop. 
It wasn’t enough. 
And greed sure wasn’t a virtue, but that night, they decided to put their morals behind them and keep burning in the flames of ruins. 
And they kept fucking, marking each other, not even thinking about the possibility of anybody walking in front of those doors and hearing them. Too lost in a world of their own, where all their fantasy came true, where everything was possible. 
Because it was good to be a Queen, but it was better to be a Goddess. 
Tumblr media
The wedding preparations followed soon after. Jaehyun and Scarlett had no problem with wanting some more, but sealing a marriage as soon as possible was better for possible deals with other countries and also to legalize their relationship. And they weren’t complaining, they wanted this to happen too, but it was thrilling and scary at the same time. 
It was big, an event for the whole country to see. A celebration. Not just an intimate sealing of promise between them. And it would’ve also crowned Jaehyun King.
“It needs to be absolutely perfect,” Renjun said as he frenetically kept measuring her body, writing down her sizes and the ideas for the design of the wedding dress. He had spent the entire morning doing the same with Jaehyun, and now it was Scarlett’s turn. 
“It will, you have hands made of gold,” she tried to calm him down, but it served a little because Renjun was too caught up in all the things he had to do to try to calm down. He couldn’t. This couldn’t go wrong. It would’ve been such a big exposure for his tailoring shop, and also, he cared a lot for her, so he wanted to gift her the best dress he could create.   
Renjun hummed mindlessly, checking her once again. “Do not dare to get pregnant again before the big day, or I will kill you,” he warned. “Wait, can I? Will you go to jail if you kill your Monarch?” 
She laughed, “you’ll go to jail If you kill anybody, Jun.” 
“You would sentence me if I did?” 
“I’d have to,” she replied, shocked. 
“I imagined we would gain some kind of privileges knowing you,” Yuta chimed, diverting his attention from the book he was reading as he was – supposedly – looking after Eunbi that was also reading on the floor, in her case, watching the pictures on the pages. But it was the only thing that would keep her calm as she tried hard to comprehend the words written, so Yuta was fine like this. He wasn’t like Taeyong, or her parents, dealing with her peaks of hyper—activity drove him insane. 
“Not those kinds of privileges, you can’t kill people.” 
“Anyway,” Renjun bought her attention on him again, “no cake in the oven, got it?” 
“What makes you think I would?” She asked embarrassed, lowering her face and scratching her neck.  
“You will!” They replied together, screaming, staring at her with eyes wide open, making Eunbi turn over but her attention on her mother didn’t last long since she got back to her book immediately. 
“What are you talking about?” She asked, shaking her head. 
“You got embarrassed,” Renjun explained. 
“Are you trying for another one?” Yuta asked, walking closer to Scarlett, staring at her with a stunned expression. 
“What are you…” she huffed, jumping from the stool in the middle of the room. “Don’t say that, I don’t like to say that we are trying,” she explained. “Let’s say that we wouldn’t mind if it happened.” 
“Oh, wow, another one?” Yuta didn’t want to sound so… disgusted, but kids weren’t exactly his thing, and one was already more than enough for him. 
She rolled her eyes. “She’s three, almost four.” 
“But she’s a lot.” 
“We will be fine. I think I deserve a peaceful pregnancy with Jaehyun by my side,” she said, grinning at his traumatized expression. 
“Fine, I am very happy for you but please, not before the wedding,” Renjun still begged, he was booked with the modiste and now the preparations for the Queen’s wedding were just adding up, changing the dress last minute was the last thing he needed. 
“Don’t worry,” she replied with a calming tone, “it won’t grow big in three weeks.” 
“I hope so,” Renjun replied before widening his eyes. “Wait, you aren’t yet, right?” 
“No, I’m not,” she reassured him. “Well, I don’t think so.” 
He rolled his eyes and huffed loudly, “you two can’t be left alone for two seconds.” 
“Please, we had no time to be alone back then, let us live.”  
Yuta snickered. “The wedding is close, Renjun. I’m sure she will fit in the dress anyway.” 
“Exactly,” she agreed. “And since we are tight with time, can you please carry her to Taeyong?” She asked Yuta. “I have to plan things.” 
“Sure, also because I don’t think she will survive with me any longer,” Yuta said, walking toward the baby, reaching for her hand to walk out of the door. 
“A kiss to Mama,” she said before going out, running to Scarlett and jumping in her arms. 
“Be good with Yong, alright?” She warned, caressing her cheek and giving her another kiss. 
“Yes, Mama, I’ll be good. Bye,” she waved to her and Renjun before running to Yuta, grabbing his hand, and walking outside. 
“She’s lovely,” Renjun commented, tenderly staring at the door before turning back around. 
Scarlett hummed and then placed her hand on his shoulders, resting her chin on it, “and you’re coming with me, I need help.” 
“What about the dress?” 
“I’ll help you create it when you will start working on it,” she promised, doe-eying him. “Please, Injunnie.” 
“Fine, fine,” he gave up, waving her off and starting to pack his things. “I hate how unable I am to go against you.” 
She smiled. “We worked side by side for so long, do you think I will let this go?” 
“Enough,” he stopped her. “I would’ve helped you even without this tooth-rotting stuff.” 
Tumblr media
Three weeks passed with more preparations for the great day and also new meetings with ambassadors and councillors. And now that the night before the big day arrived, they felt like they could finally breathe. They were so close to making this big step, something that they never imagined was possible, not between them at least. 
“Our last night as fiancées,” Scarlett joked, closing the door behind her, and walking toward Jaehyun that was looking outside of the balcony from the terrace. “Eunbi is quite thrilled at the thought of being our damsel,” she chuckled, leaning her head against his arm while Jaehyun wrapped it around her waist. “I think I’ll let her sleep with me tonight, it seemed she had no intention to calm down, not even with Taeyong.”
“Today the maids couldn’t convince her to get out of the dress,” Jaehyun giggled at the memory. It took her grandmother to convince her to take it off, only because she told her it had to be perfect and clean for the big day. 
“At least we know she’s getting used to this new life,” she breathed out, holding him tighter, feeling tranquil. This could’ve set her off completely but instead, Eunbi was getting used to the place and people pretty easily. Maybe it was her curious nature, for her this was just another occasion to take more from life and learn and discover. And Scarlett hoped that the news of a new child wasn’t going to be a terrible thing for her. 
“Don’t you think we should’ve asked her before?” 
Jaehyun furrowed, tilting his head to look at her. “About what?” 
“The other baby,” she whispered, pulling away to stare at him. 
“You think she won’t welcome a sibling?” 
She shrugged, crossing her arms on her chest, “I don’t know. What if it will get too much? What if she will feel pushed out of our lives? She has so much love and…” 
“You said it,” Jaehyun interrupted her, taking her hands in his and kissing them softly, “she has so much love, it won’t disappear. But if you feel safer, we can always ask her.” 
Scarlett hummed, looking down at the floor, squeezing his hands tighter. 
“Unless you are the one who’s not sure about this anymore,” he inquired, quirking a brow, trying to study her face, but he couldn’t see much of her until it snapped up. 
“What? No. I do want it. I want it with all of my heart. As scary as it is, I know I can do it another time with you by my side. I don’t think that I ever felt so much love as I did those months with her in my womb. It was terrifying, but also soothing, and warm. And I know that this time can only be better because I will have you.” 
“We can wait, we can…” 
“I don’t want to wait,” she stopped him. “I just think it would be fair to let her know. It will be a change in her life, and I cannot be sure she will accept it easily.” 
“Should we do this now? Before she goes to sleep with you?” 
When they opened the door of the big living room, they found Taeyong on the floor and Eunbi running around wearing a crown on her head and a fake wooden sword chasing after Doyoung. The eldest looked at them with a wrecked face and they laughed. 
“You are free to go,” Scarlett relieved him, walking toward him. 
“Mom look!” Eunbi screamed. “I’m a warrior princess and he’s the bad dragon.” 
Doyoung rushed to her parents, trying to hide behind them but Eunbi easily slipped between them and succeeded in her mission of ‘killing’ him. 
“No, you got me,” Doyoung cried, falling on his knee, pressing the sword against his rib with his arm. 
“You will never terrorize our lands ever again,” she declared, placing her feet on his thigh and her closed fist against her waist, looking proud with her head up. 
“You should go with your mother to her meetings, I’m sure other leaders will listen to you,” Jaehyun joked, kneeling at her side. 
“I only like to fight dragons and ride unicorns. Johnny Oppa promised to build me one soon,” she said, clapping her hands excitedly before she started running around again, playing with herself this time. 
Scarlett laughed, following her for a moment before her eyes got back on Taeyong’s wrecked face. “Tell me you’re not regretting being her main caretaker.” 
Taeyong smiled, finding the strength to stand up. “I will never regret it, but let’s say that I do hope the thrill of this new thing will fade with time because she had never been this excited over anything.” He was used to her, he had seen her grow, she felt like a daughter to him and Doyoung especially. He was always there, her first crawls, her first steps, her first dance moves, and he knew how energetic she could be, but she had never been this energetic. 
“She will calm down,” Scarlett reassured him. “You can go, we’ll deal with her from now on.” 
“Good luck,” Doyoung said, sending them a flying kiss before waving and walking outside with Taeyong, being grateful they all had a personal room to stay over for the night. 
“Little bird,” Scarlett called her, pretending to don’t see the tulle of her dress picking out of one of the armchairs where she was hiding. “Do you see her, Jae?” 
“I have no idea where she is,” he played along, starting to walk around the room and they had to suppress a laugh when they heard her chuckle. 
Eunbi peeked her head out to look at them and then jumped out, scaring them. 
“Oh, my,” Scarlett exclaimed, holding a hand on her chest, “you scared us. Where were you hiding, princess?” 
“A princess should never tell her secrets,” she played along before running to her and doing grabby hands to ask her mother to lift her up.
Jaehyun reached them and pocked her cheek playfully, making her throw her head back, giggling. “Should we go to sleep, now?” 
She whined, “but I’m not tired.” 
“But remember what day is tomorrow?” Her mother asked as they started to make their way to their chamber, Jaehyun would’ve slept in another room for the night so they could’ve gotten ready in the morning and then meet each other at the altar. “You can’t be tired, you have to walk down the aisle and throw the petals on the floor, and then we have to dance all day and eat delicious food.” 
“I know but I am excited,” she pouted, holding tight around her mother’s shoulders. “You look so pretty in the dress; Daddy doesn’t know how beautiful you are.” 
Jaehyun smiled, holding the door open to let them in first, and then closed it behind them. 
“That’s why we need to sleep and let the night pass fast,” he said while Scarlett put her down on the bed and he walked to the closet to hand her the clothes for the night. 
“I sleep with Mama?” She asked, only now realizing they weren’t in her room. 
“Yes,” she replied. “Are you happy?” 
“Yeah,” she cheered, swinging her feet on the mattress happily. “Then I… I can’t wait to go to sleep. I never sleep with you,” she said, trying to reach the buttons behind her dress to unlock them but Jaehyun was quick at helping her since she couldn’t arrive with her arms. “We don’t do that anymore.” It was rare, but occasionally, when Jaehyun was away and they both missed him too much, Eunbi would sneak into their bedroom and spend the night hugged to her mom. 
Scarlett stared at Jaehyun, her eyes letting him know all her fears, but he had always been better than her at dealing with these situations without letting emotions take over completely.
“It has been a rough time, honey,” he explained, lifting her dress up and then pushing her cotton camisole on her body to cover her up. “We can set one day of the week where we can do that. We can cook together like we used to do and then we can watch movies together in this big and soft bed.” 
Eunbi smiled brightly, crinkles of her eyes showing up and dimples popping out. “I love it!” 
Scarlett let out a small breath of relief and then moved closer to them, sitting on the bed right next to Jaehyun. 
“We need to ask you a thing,” Scarlett said, holding Jaehyun’s hand for support. 
“For tomorrow?” Eunbi asked, tilting her head to the side while her hands played with the soft fabric of the sheets in front of her. 
“More for life,” Jaehyun replied, making her furrow even more. 
“Would you mind to don’t being alone anymore?” Scarlett asked and Eunbi’s eyes drifted from her to Jaehyun, clearly confused. 
“But I am not alone,” she said, scratching her leg where she had a mosquito bite and Scarlett had to move her hand away so she wouldn’t have bled.  
“It’s not about the people that surround you, it’s about having another friend a little bit younger than you,” she tried to explain. 
“Will I go to school? Taeyong told me that. In kinder… kindergarden? Is it?” She asked, jumping on her spot, eyes lighting up in anticipation. 
“Also, maybe, we still have to think about that. But no, it’s in the family.” 
“Would you mind not being our only daughter?” Jaehyun got straight to the point when he understood that Scarlett couldn’t push those words out. 
Eunbi gasped and Scarlett almost felt like passing out but then breathed again when Eunbi’s lips curled in a smile, and she got up. “Like — like me being a sister?” 
“Do you know what a sister is?” 
Eunbi hummed enthusiastically, “Juliet is the big sister, she has many siblings.” 
“Oh, I missed that. And would you be fine with that?” 
“Yes!” She cheered. “Aunt July says it’s like always having a friend with you. Will I have it too?” She asked, starting to slightly jump up on the mattress. 
Scarlett turned to Jaehyun smiling at him. “Well, we are hoping to be gifted with another baby soon.” 
“Yes! I want one, I want to be their best friend. How are we calling it?” 
“Calm now,” Scarlett chuckled, “the baby is not here yet, we don’t even know when we’ll have it.” 
“Can I have a sister?” She still asked, ignoring her mother’s words and jumping happily on the mattress trying to keep the balance on her legs. 
Jaehyun chuckled, she was always so enthusiastic over everything, he only wished she was never going to lose that sparkle. 
“You can’t pick that, what will come will come.” 
Eunbi pouted but then hugged her mom. “I can’t wait to meet them.” 
“We can’t wait either,” they both replied, squeezing her in a tight hug. 
Tumblr media
The garden of the royal palace never looked so intimidating, and yet, breathtaking, in Scarlett’s eyes. Her heart was thudding loudly in her chest, so loud that she could feel it more than the march that already started playing. And having Johnny’s arm around her, wasn’t enough to make her feel supported to take the first step forward and start to walk down the open—air aisle. 
“Breathe in and breathe out,” Johnny whispered, squeezing her hand in support and making her do the step of no turning back. Somehow, she felt more anxious now than four weeks before when she had to swear to protect her land and people. 
Seeing Eunbi walk in front of them, throwing petals in her little lilac dress with purple calla lilies adorning her curls and watching her skipped steps as she couldn’t control hopping instead of walking, and seeing Jaehyun waiting for her at the altar, made her breath get stuck in her throat. 
She couldn’t even be bothered by how public it all was, how many people they didn’t know were there, and how this was more than just a love vow but also something political. It mattered on papers, but it didn’t matter in her heart. 
And Jaehyun couldn’t help but smile, eyes glistening as he stared at her. She was walking gracefully toward him, small steps, insecure even, and he could imagine that she was leaning on Johnny more than she should’ve. Her manicured hands wrapped around the cascading bouquet with roses, calla lilies, and daisies, and if she held just a bit tighter, she would’ve ruined the stems. Yet, even with the small clumsy acts only he knew, she still looked angelic. The white dress hugged her chest and then fell soft on her round hips, the details in lace on the corset and the puffy shoulders were extremely complex with flower patterns and diamonds sewed on them. And he couldn’t see her face, hidden behind the white veil, but he knew that she looked amazing as always. 
Eunbi reached the altar first, sending a flying kiss to her father and then sitting with her grandmother and half of the boys on the other side. 
When Scarlett reached him, and Johnny lifted her veil and bowed to him before sitting on her side of the aisle, Jaehyun fell in love again. That day, just like he did by now five years before during one of those nights where their love was cursed and impossible. And he surely never imagined being able to love her in plan daylight, he never imagined standing by her side on the altar as her future husband and not as her bodyguard. But here they were, and he felt his heart so full of joy, love, and even incredulity, that it could burst. 
“You’re beautiful,” he whispered, making her lower her head to hide a shy smile. He had spent nights and days reminding her that, and yet, those words still sounded like the first time, they made her heart flip in her chest and shivers run down her spine. 
“You too,” she replied before they both turned around, facing the priest. Scarlett handed the bouquet to Eunbi and then the ceremony started. 
And when the time for the vows arrived, they faced each other, holding their hands together and looking into each other’s eyes. 
“I, Jaehyun, take you, Scarlett, for my lawful wife, to have and to hold from this day forward, for better, for worse, for richer, for poorer, in sickness and in health, until death do us part. I will love and honour you all the days of my life.”
“I, Scarlett, take you, Jaehyun, for my lawful husband, to have and to hold from this day forward, for better, for worse, for richer, for poorer, in sickness and in health, until death do us part. I will love and honour you all the days of my life.”
Eunbi shily got up and walked to the altar, handing the wedding rings to the priest so he could bless them and then offered them to Jaehyun. He grabbed one with shaky hands, beaming at the sight of their names engraved in the band and the small diamond in the middle, and then placed it on her finger, saying, “In the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. Take and wear this ring as a sign of my love and faithfulness.”
Scarlett held her breath, trying to hold back the tears that were threatening to run down her cheeks, and then grabbed the other ring, gently held his hand, and let it slide on his finger, “In the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. Take and wear this ring as a sign of my love and faithfulness.”
“You have declared your consent before the Church. May the Lord in his goodness strengthen your consent and fill you both with his blessings. That God has joined, man must not separate. Amen,” the priest declared. “And by the power vested in me, I now pronounce you husband and wife.” 
“I imagine I can kiss you now?” Jaehyun chuckled, leaning closer to her, and she hummed before leaning in completely, letting their lips meet in a chaste kiss that only lasted for a few seconds as the crowd erupted in cheers and claps and a march started playing, signaling the ending of the ceremony. 
They turned around, hands tightened together, and Scarlett reached out to signal Eunbi to reach them and carry with her the bouquet as they walked back down the aisle, waving at people. 
“I’m so glad you never stopped fighting for our love, you know, right?” He whispered, the world fading for a moment. 
“It was the best choice I have ever taken in my entire life,” she replied, smiling brightly, feeling full, feeling like this was finally the place where they belonged and nothing, absolutely nothing could tear them apart.
“I’m wrecked,” Scarlett huffed, slumping on their bed, kicking the shoes in a corner, the dress falling all around her. 
“It must be tiring to be a Queen,” Jaehyun joked, walking toward her, standing at the end of the bed. “Guess you are too tired to have our first time on our wedding night.” 
“Oh, my Lord, you do have to know I am very scared since this is my first time,” she joked and they burst out laughing as she turned around and crawl toward him. “I had to hold back a laugh today when the priest asked If we were willing to accept children. What does he think we did with Eunbi?” 
“Shut up, I heard you snicker, that was so unprofessional.” 
“But it was just too funny, imagine if he knew I’m probably already knocked up with the second one.” 
“I don’t think we will be this lucky this time,” Jaehyun chuckled before raising a brow. “Wait, do you feel it?” 
She shrugged, fixing the dress and sitting in the middle of the bed, the pompous fabric taking all the space around her. “I didn’t feel her for six months I won’t lie to you and say that I feel a potential peas—sized fetus now.” 
“Then I guess we will have to try so hard to be sure we will accept children,” he cooed, leaning down to kiss her. “I promise first times are not so terrible if you have somebody loving you, my lovely wife.” 
She chuckled, pushing him off playfully and falling back on the mattress, “do you want me to confess to you something?” 
Jaehyun hummed, starting to unbutton his suit. 
“You were my first time.” 
“Well, do I have to say I am surprised? It is not like you had many boys to sneak around with.” 
“Yeah, but I never told you. You should be grateful for that,” she pouted. 
“I am grateful for having you by my side,” he replied. 
“I was trying to get in the mood of getting you excited over the fact no man ever touched me like that,” she teased, lifting his chin and kissing him.
He smiled, snickering before he pushed her down again, trapping her with his broad body. “You don’t want me to be jealous on our honeymoon night.” 
“You have nothing to be jealous about,” she said, letting her hand travel on his toned chest, “but you have something to brag about. I’m sure there are a few men that wished to be in your place, today even,” she smirked, referring to all the Princes, Dukes, and Kings that were invited to their wedding and mostly all of them had been in the list of her proposed husband. 
“Trust me, I know,” he smirked, starting to trail kisses on her neck. “They would come to me,” he confessed, lips traveling in the hollow of her chest, “asking for advice. Asking me what would’ve made you fall.” 
“And I hope you advised them wrong.” 
He chuckled. “It’s not a very wise thing to do. I was honest,” he confessed, pulling away for a moment to let his hand move behind her and undo the strings of her corset. “I would tell them how much you loved irises,” he whispered, unfastening the strings and pulling the dress off of her body slowly, “I would tell them how much you enjoyed playing the piano and singing with your ladies,” he pushed it off, folding it for the better before placing it on the closest armchair before going back to her. The white laced lingerie the only thing covering her body now. “I would tell them that you could talk about philosophy all day long and never get tired of it,” he whispered, hands running over her bare legs and lips doing the same. “I would tell them you loved strolling in the park and go the small lake with the ducks,” he stopped, right over her core, “I didn’t tell them you named each one of them, though.” 
She giggled, she had completely forgotten she did that. “We picked them together,” she exclaimed, remembering the afternoon when instead of strolling with the ton where her father wanted her to be, she escaped as always with Jaehyun and made ‘new friends.’ 
“We did,” he replied, smiling and then picking up his path on her body. “They also don’t know about your collection of poems, the ones you used to write when we would travel for hours, or at night when you couldn’t sleep.” 
“So you did keep secrets.” 
“I had to keep a little piece of you all to myself,” he confessed, coming close to her face again. “I was more than sure they would’ve found it out soon by themselves when I would’ve lost you completely.” 
“But you didn’t.” 
“I didn’t.” 
Her breath faltered when his lips started kissing her mound, soft and wet over the see—through pattern of her panties before he slowly pulled them off of her, leaving her bare, and his nose nuzzled against the soft short layer of hair before moving down to her lips. 
“Jaehyun,” she breathed out, rolling her head back and moving a hand in his hair. 
“They don’t know how good you taste,” he whispered, breath fanning against her wetness, the contrast making shivers run down her spine and spread her legs wider. “They don’t know how much you love this,” he added, starting to move his mouth on her again, slow, not leaving out a single patch of sensitive skin, bringing her closer and closer to heaven. 
“They will never hear your pretty moans,” he said, pulling away again, leaving her whimpering and whining at the loss, hips bucking up, trying to meet him, wanting to feel him again. “What do you want, darling?” He asked as his fingers traced up on her thighs to her belly and then down, so close to where she was pulsing just for him. 
“Need you, please,” she begged, eyes open, staring at him, and hands daring to reach out and move his fingers there, and Jaehyun let her, watching attentively as she guided him on her dripping pussy and their hands started moving together. 
“You want this so slow?” 
“Yeah, I don’t want to rush tonight,” she confessed, still looking at him. “This is our night. I want it to be – fuck – special.” 
“Let me do it, then,” he smiled, moving her hand away, placing it at her side and picking up the movements on her as he leaned down and his lips attached to her wet folds again. His lips moving on her, dancing to a rhythm that drove her insane, following steps he knew by heart. And he kept going for so long, getting intoxicated by her until all her walls came falling down. 
They weren’t close to being done, and she already felt on cloud nine, eyes rolled in the back of her head while from her lips low pitched moans rolled out of them as the first orgasm washed over her. 
Jaehyun smirked as he slowly pulled away from her body, licking his lips and staring at her. “You’re so beautiful,” he whispered, meeting her eyes before leaning in and making their mouths meet in a slow but needy kiss. And just as needy were their hands that swiftly moved to get rid of the last pieces of underwear they were wearing, marking each other’s skin as they rolled in the bed. 
“I know this is, hmm, not our first night,” he panted through their kisses, “but I want to, want to make it special. Want to take it slow.” 
She hummed against his lips, wrapping her legs around his waist, and her hands in his hair, “Love me like you never loved me before,” she whispered, caressing his cheek with her thumb. “Love me like you would lose me but knowing that nothing will tear us apart.” 
So, he did, easing himself inside her with no struggle he let their bodies intertwine, and surely that wasn’t the first time, but it still felt special. It was special. After all, it was the sign of a new beginning for them, a new life, a new era where they were equal not only in their hearts but also on paper and in people’s eyes. 
“Fuck,” he mumbled, looking at her face contorted in pleasure, “I’m so lucky to have you.” 
A warm smile curled her lips as her eyes forced open slightly to stare back at him, but she didn’t say a thing back, just letting the compliment comfort her and his love fill her up. 
“Are you truly mine? All mine?” He asked, still in disbelief. 
“Yours, always and forever,” she replied, kissing him, muffling their moans, as she let go even more in his warm embrace and the way his cock was dragging in and out of her body increasingly faster, so good to get her head spinning. 
And more praises and promises rolled out of Jaehyun’s tongue, sealing into the night, writing themselves down with only the stars and moon to testify. Promises of forever. Promises of a bond that was never going to break. A bond that neither time, or sickness, or death could do apart. It wasn’t til death but beyond death.
“I’m, I’m,” the words died in her throat as her glossy eyes stared up at Jaehyun but he didn’t need her to say anything to know she was close, it was in the way her body was shaking underneath him like a leaf in winter and the way she was clenching hard around him.  
“Yeah, love?” He smiled, thumb caressing her cheek and the fingers of his other hand digging into her waist as he pressed her body more against the mattress, hips slamming hard against her ass as his cock filled her up perfectly. “You’re close, right? Want to come already?” 
“Yes,” she breathed out with a shaky voice, legs pushing him closer to her body, hips bucking up to meet him mid—way and nails dragging against the skin of his back, marking him. 
“Come, but know I’m nowhere done with you,” he said. “Gonna fuck you all night,” he groaned against her lips, “gonna fill you up until you can’t take me anymore. Will make sure I’ll be the only one in your mind once I’m done with you.” 
And those words send her over the edge, the possessiveness, his need, his rawness, always drove her crazy, no matter how much she knew there was nothing to prove and nobody that could ever take his place in her life.
And the only thing she could do was to writhe under him and take his first load. 
But he didn’t stop. Jaehyun kept his promises of going on and fuck her over and over again, turning her brain into nothing, turning each other into nothing but a mere extension of the other, blending into one another, becoming a mess into each other’s hold, not knowing where one started and the other ended. 
And they lost count of how many times they came, the remains of their passion on the mess they made on the sheets and their tired bodies.
But it didn’t matter, nothing mattered anymore if not them. 
That was only the begging. 
Tumblr media
July had been filled with plans. Taking care of a reign in shambles was hard. Scarlett could’ve never imagined her father let it go so badly, but slowly, she was pulling pieces back together with new policies, laws that protected workers and their economy, more exchanges with some other neighbouring reigns and so on. 
“You should spend some time at our house in the countryside, sweetheart,” her mother had told her one day, entering the war room and watching her stress out over some documents she couldn’t find. 
“No, we can’t,” she replied, head between papers as she silently prayed her father didn’t lose anything. “Maybe you, Jaehyun and Eunbi could go. She needs a break.” 
“She?” The ex—monarch asked, raising a brow. “She’s doing more than fine. Sure, spending days stressing the maids because she follows them everywhere and wants to help with everything, but she’s fine.” 
Scarlett chuckled for a moment, thinking about her daughter and then how little she was seeing her lately. And it wasn’t because she was busy, not only for that at least, but because it was true that Eunbi became friends with anybody there. The other day she even started talking with the master of horses and had already asked him if she could learn how to ride. 
“Maybe you can take her downtown,” she added, opening another folder, and skimming through it. “She needs somebody her age to play with, can’t stress everybody here.” 
Her mother sighed, walking closer to her, helping her to look through the files once she told her what she was looking for. “Talking about other kids,” she started, a small smirk curling her lips, creating more wrinkles on her tired face. “Jaehyun’s not so good at keeping secrets.” 
Scarlett huffed, rolling her eyes, slamming a folder close, infuriated she still didn’t find what she was looking for. 
“I’m not pregnant,” she replied, looking at her. Her warm brown eyes, her grey hair styled in five neat cornrows wrapped in a low bun behind her head, lips tinted of a deep red still pulled in her usual smirk saying, ‘I am your mother, I know.’ 
“Don’t give me that look,” she said. 
“I am not giving you any look, I am just saying that is not recommended for a pregnant woman to be this stressed.” 
“But I am not,” she complained, trying to put the scattered papers in place to at least don’t have more mess on the table. 
“Are you sure? You look tired.” 
“I am, and not because of a baby. You cannot feel it, you didn’t realize it with Eunbi.” 
“I had no idea you did anything physical. Sorry, I imagined you a vir–“ 
“Enough,” she stopped her, lifting her finger up. “Mom, I am fine. Thank you for your concerns, but they are not necessary.” 
She hummed, and then lifted a paper, “is this what you were looking for?” 
Scarlett looked over, eyes squeezing to read better the writing on it. “Yes, how did you find it? I’ve been looking for it for hours.” 
Her mother smiled, shrugging, “It’s a mother thing.” 
She smiled and then hugged her without thinking. It wasn’t something they were used to doing, probably they only hugged three times their entire life, but it was nice. 
“If you find out, let me know this time.” 
“I didn’t mean to hide it from you. You know who you have to blame.” 
“I know,” she replied before walking to the other side of the door. “My offer still stands, think about it. Maybe you and your lovely husband want to try in more… peace,” she winked and before Scarlett could curse, she went out of the door. 
But Scarlett sighed, letting her body rest against the long oval wooden table, placing a hand on her side before her hand unconsciously moved on her stomach. 
“No,” she exclaimed out loud, standing up straight, and shaking her head. She wasn’t tired because she was pregnant. The headaches, the fatigue she felt, the bloating, nothing was related to another kid, right? Her last period arrived, but she also got it meant nothing, and also that was by now a month ago, so if this month skipped… “it’s not the time and place to think about that,” she scolded herself, turning her attention to her papers again. 
Her mind, though, couldn’t keep the same focus for the rest of the day, always drifting on something else, thinking that the idea of taking it with more calm wasn’t so bad, but that meant she needed to get things done now. So, she had decided to leave, deal with some outer problems now that she could and then come back, and if it was needed take some time to rest.
Seeing Eunbi cry tore her heart in two, it was bad even when Jaehyun had to leave, but she had never been without her mother, not for so long at least, and it hurt her a lot too, but it was necessary. But it made her think for the whole ride if maybe Eunbi got too excited over things without thinking them through. Sure, it was natural for a baby, but maybe she did that too much. And once again she wondered if the idea of adding another member to their family was a smart thing to do. 
“You look terrible,” Donghyuck pointed out midway to another reign. 
“And you are always nice.” 
“No, I am saying that you look stressed, worried. Is everything alright?” 
“Yeah, I am just thinking about these meetings that we have. I’m not really sure how I am going to win some people back after what my father had done,” she lied, forcing a smile on her face and then looking out of the window. 
She just wanted these two weeks to pass fast, seal those deals so she wouldn’t have to worry about those other countries anymore, and then go back home to her family. 
Little did she know, she wouldn’t have come back alone. 
Tumblr media
“Why are you walking back and forth like this?” Jaehyun asked her. They were outside, enjoying an afternoon tea while Eunbi ran around with some of her maids and occasionally showed them some flowers she picked up or ranted about some insect she caught. But Scarlett seemed off, she seemed off for a while now, but she shrugged it off with work any time he would bring the topic up. 
“I have a weird feeling,” she confessed. Turning around to sit next to him on the white chair. 
“Weird as in bad or good?” He asked, raising a brow, placing the journal he was reading on the table next to him. 
“Good… I guess,” she replied. “I feel weird.” 
Jaehyun stared at her, he wanted to ask her if it was related to a possible pregnancy but didn’t, for some reason, he was terrified of touching the wrong buttons and setting her off. He didn’t want to seem too apprehensive over the thing. They already fucked enough in any possible occasion they had, so he truly didn’t think it was necessary to remind her about it and point out that nothing still happened. More anxiety was the last thing she needed.  
“We can call the doctor.”
She huffed, rolling her eyes. “I’m not sick, not for…” she sighed, waving him off and starting to walk again. “My period skipped,” she confessed with no hesitation and Jaehyun almost risked a heart attack, slamming his flat palm against his chest while he coughed. 
“What? And what were you waiting at telling me that?” 
“I don’t know. I wanted to be sure but I’m like four weeks late now, so unless my hormones are messing with me for other reasons…” 
“Why didn’t you tell me?” He asked again, voice weirdly high. 
“I was waiting for other signs; I don’t want to give your hopes up. I feel weird but not... I don’t know how to explain,” she clarified, running a hand through her hair. “I don’t feel extremely bad but I do feel different but I don’t know if it’s all in my head because I want it so much. I’ve read somewhere that one of the reasons some women find out later that they’re pregnant, as had happened withEunbi, it’s because the body rejects it and what if the opposite is possible too? That I’m simply going crazy and sensing things?” 
“First of all, don’t stress about it,” he comforted her. “But you are always sleepy lately, isn’t that a sign?” 
“But I also work a lot, it may mean absolutely nothing.” Tearing apart the symptoms of pregnancy and all the anxiety she felt due to the rhythm of being a newly set Queen was hard. She had come back from the trip and was beyond tired, not being able to sleep a lot in other countries. And even when she came back she had many things to set up and Donghyuck’s help wasn’t enough, and he also had his kingdom to deal with. 
Jaehyun quirked a brow, trying to think about something more that had happened during the past days. He was keeping a closer look on her, not to sound like a psycho but considering how much they were doing it, and for how long, they had to have fit a fertile window. And, considering they didn’t have problems with conception and fertility, it was just a matter of time. He didn’t want to be paranoic, he simply wanted to make sure she was alright. 
“You are moodier,” he dared to say, hoping she wouldn’t get mad. “And didn’t you scream the other day when Eunbi accidentally hit your boob?” 
“And?” 
“Sore breasts? Isn’t that another sign?” 
She nodded and then chuckled, “how do you know all those things?” 
Jaehyun shrugged, he wasn’t going to tell her he had asked around and informed himself just to be ready. Pregnancy was a painful thing, it wasn’t only rainbow and roses, and since he wasn’t the one going through that, the least he could do was try to help her as much as possible, and being informed was the only way. 
“Should we call a doctor? Or should I take a test?” Scarlett asked, fumbling with her fingers nervously.
“It’s up to you, love.” 
“What if… what if I am not?” 
“That would be fine anyway. Nobody’s running after us.” 
“But I…” she sighed, running a hand on her face, giving up on finishing the sentence. “Let’s take a test then.” 
“Great, but no tears if it’s negative, alright? We are already blessed with one, and then we can always keep on trying. I surely do not mind having so much fun with you,” he joked, winking before pulling her close in a kiss. 
Some days later they were walking back and forth in their bedroom, impatiently waiting for the result to show on the test sitting on the windowsill.
“Can you look at it for me?” Scarlett asked when enough minutes passed. 
Jaehyun hummed, gathering the courage to walk toward it, never feeling so scared in his entire life. Yes, he truly believed what he had told her, they were young and had so many other changes, but a part of him just couldn’t wait. He wanted to meet their new baby as soon as possible. 
So he picked the test up, closed his eyes, and scrolled it from the fluid before taking a deep breath and lifting it just enough so he could see the results. 
And his heart skipped a beat as his body stilled mouth open, eyes incredulous and hands shaking. 
“So? Is it negative?” Scarlett asked from behind him, worried about his reaction. “Babe?” 
Jaehyun turned around, moving his lips to speak but he couldn’t find the words, tears starting to fall from his eyes before he could stop. 
“Babe?” Scarlett asked rushing to him. 
“We’ll be parents again,” he breathed out, snapping from his block, making her stop in her tracks, now being the one in utter shock. 
“I’m… I’m pregnant?” 
“Yes, babe. You’re carrying our kid again.” 
Scarlett brought her hands to her mouth in disbelief and started crying too before running the few steps that divided her from him and falling into his arms. 
“I can’t believe this is happening,” Jaehyun whispered, voice muffled against her hair as he held her tight. “I’ll be here with you. I’ll watch you change and do something so brave for us.” 
She smiled, more happy tears running down her cheeks, snuggling closer to him, inhaling his scent deeply. 
This was how it was supposed to go. 
With him by his side. Feeling safe and protected. Feeling in the right place in the world. 
This time nothing bad would’ve happened, she wouldn’t have had to walk miles with a heavy heart and mourn him, and she wouldn’t have to give birth to their child in a small living room risking her life. 
“Are you happy?” Jaehyun asked and she nodded against his chest, hugging him tighter. 
“I can’t wait to do this with you and Eunbi by my side.” 
Tumblr media
It turned out that having Jaehyun by her side was probably more stressful than helpful considering how paranoid over everything he would get. Rarely leaving her side, always making sure she was feeling fine, proposing to take some matters into his hands since he was the King too and he didn’t want her to overwork herself. 
But it was fun, seeing him so considerate. 
And what was nicest was the way his hand always found a way to wrap around her stomach. 
He was obsessed with it, caressing her on any given occasion, or walking two fingers on her covered skin when they were laying in bed, making silly voices. He couldn’t care that there wasn’t a bump yet, he knew their baby was inside and that was all he cared about. 
But his obsession was exactly the giveaway for other people to be suspicious. Nobody knew officially, Scarlett was superstitious and wanted to keep it a secret until the risk of miscarriage started to lower, and considering she was at the th week it was just a matter of time before they could’ve made it official, but everybody could see it anyway from the way they changed. 
How she was much more careful. How she cut off some foods from her diet. How she was more tired, and also how much Jaehyun insisted for her to sleep when she felt the need to, assuring her he could take over for a while. How Jaehyun always prepared tea for her in the afternoon. 
When they delivered the news, it was a Saturday night in late August, they decided to do a cosy dinner all together with no other people around. 
“So, I guess there’s a reason behind this?” Johnny said when they were almost done, the cake was the only thing left to eat – much to Eunbi’s happiness. 
“What?” Scarlett played dumb. “We always used to do this back at home. We’ve simply been busy.” 
“Yeah, busy fuck—” Yuta started before Taeyong slapped a hand on his mouth. 
“There’s a kid,” he reminded him, glaring at him. 
“Sorry, Jesus,” he whined, rolling his eyes and head back. 
“Well, he is correct, though,” Scarlett chuckled, placing her hand on Jaehyun’s, making Taeyong’s gaze fall there.
“No,” Taeyong whispered in shock, mouth open. “For real?” 
“We are waiting for another baby,” Jaehyun announced, eyes running over his friends. 
“Oh, thank God we don’t have to pretend we don’t know it anymore,” Johnny exclaimed, clapping. 
“You knew?” They exclaimed with Taeyong. 
“Why was I the only one who didn’t?” Taeyong asked, head snapping left and right to glare at all his friends.
“Yeah, and how you knew it,” she asked, turning around to look at Jaehyun but he raised his hands. 
“I kept my mouth shut.” 
“We could feel it,” Mark explained, a big smile on his face, “he’s always next to you and he always has a hand around your tummy. Remember that this is how I found out about Eunbi?” 
At hearing her name, Eunbi raised her head, furrowing as she tried to understand what they were talking about, she wasn’t really listening, too busy eating the cake and playing a story in her mind between the small fork and spoon. 
“Me?” 
“Yeah, the first one in this room that knew about you was uncle Mark,” her mom explained and she smiled widely. 
“And Daddy?” 
“I wasn’t there, unfortunately,” Jaehyun said, a bitter smile on his face. A new baby was never going to replace the fact that he never felt her kick in Scarlett’s belly, couldn’t sing her songs and didn’t live it by their side. He knew it wasn’t his fault, he also knew that it was a miracle that they found each other again, but it still hurt him, nonetheless. 
“But you were always there with me, Dada.” 
“Once you were out.” 
“Out? Out of the door?” 
They all laughed, shaking their heads at her cute, confused expression and her cream—stained lips. 
“Tell me we won’t have that talk right now?” Yuta asked and Scarlett waved him off. 
“Before being here in the world, every being spends some time in their mom’s tummy,” Scarlett started explaining. 
Her mouth opened. “You had me there?” She asked, pointing at her tummy and Scarlett nodded. 
“And right now, there’s somebody else here.” 
“Inside you?” 
“Yeah.” 
“It moved in?” 
They all burst laughing, she was so innocent and yet curious it was funny how she tried to come up with a solution even if she had no idea what they were talking about. 
“No, baby, it doesn’t work like this, you can’t get back there,” she said. 
“Then who’s there? Do we know them?” 
“Not yet,” Jaehyun said. “In around five months you’ll meet them.” 
“And remember what we said some time ago? About you not being alone anymore,” Scarlett asked. 
Eunbi’s eyes lightened up, only now starting to realize where this was going. “There’s my sister!” She screamed, letting the spoon fall and standing up on the chair, making Jaehyun wrap a hand around her so she couldn’t fall. “You made my sister! I didn’t know you can make them in your belly.” 
“Yes, let’s say it works like this,” Scarlett cut that short, reaching for her to stop her from jumping on the spot – damned habit when she was excited. “And we don’t know if it’s going to be a sister. You can’t decide, remember?” 
She furrowed again, “But you made her, you can make her how you like. Can she be shorter than me? I want to be the tallest.” 
“Okay, let’s not start, now,” Scarlett chuckled. “It’s not that easy, you decide to have a baby but how it comes out it’s all up to destiny.” 
“Who’s destiny? Do we know her?” 
“Bibi,” Jaehyun chuckled, trying to make her understand but it was just too funny to keep a straight face, especially when the others were all bent in two laughing. 
“No, we don’t know her. We know Désirée, Yuta’s girlfriend,” she said, placing a hand under her chin trying to think if she met anybody named destiny. 
Yuta choked on his saliva, “Hey! That’s not true.” 
“You were with her the other day downtown,” she retorted. “They spent all the time talking about travels and she said she wants to see the rest of the world.” 
“That doesn’t mean that... ugh. Why is she so nosy?” He asked her parents and they shrugged. 
“Going back to the baby,” her mother said, bringing Eunbi’s attention to her again to leave poor Yuta to breathe. “You have to be patient. With time, we’ll find out if it’s a boy or a girl and in some years, we’ll see who will be the tallest, alright?” 
“I will be. Look, I’m so big right now. How tall is she? How can she fit in you if she’s big? Oh my,” she gasped, “is she pushing you?” She asked worried, reaching forward to touch her mother’s belly and caress it. 
“No, she’s too small to move for now,” she replied. “Wait, stop saying she, we don’t know. We’ll use them, fine? Do you like it?” 
She hummed, happily. “If she hurts you tell me, I’ll tell her that noooobody can touch Mama.” 
They all chuckled affectionately at her words, smiling tenderly when she made grabby hands and let Scarlett take her in her arms. 
“When they’ll start moving you can always singe them a lullaby, or caress the belly, it will calm them,” Jaehyun said, caressing her cheek. 
“Can I sing her our song?” 
Scarlett dropped her shoulders at her using ‘she’ again but chuckled. It was clear that she really wanted a sister. 
“You can sing them everything you want, baby,” Jaehyun said. 
“Then can we go to bed, now? You can sing us the song so we’ll both fall asleep together,” she asked, pouting. 
“Is this what we have to do to make you go to sleep early?” Taeyong asked, shocked she was the one proposing to go to bed. 
“I’m good,” she huffed, crossing her arms and pouting at him. 
“But you always put up a scene when it’s time to sleep,” he sang, wiggling his head, making faces at her, making her laugh. 
“But we have so many things to do,” she whined, placing her hands on the table and lifting the weight of her body on them to get closer to Taeyong. “I was chasing butterflies and you made me go to bed.” 
“You’ve been chasing butterflies?” Jaehyun asked, gently caressing her back. 
“Yeah, they were all so… so…” she stopped, thinking of the word, “with colours and pretty.” 
“They were colourful, was that what you were trying to say?” Scarlett asked. 
“Yeah, colourful!” 
“We’ll put her to sleep and then we’ll come back,” Jaehyun said, signaling her to jump off her mom’s lap.
“Oh, you’re back already,” Doyoung noted, eyeing the clock and seeing that had passed just ten minutes since they left. 
“Well, she was tired for the day and said she was trying to meet the baby in her sleep, so,” Scarlett explained, giggling, before sitting back on her seat. 
“We’re all very happy for you, by the way,” Johnny said, smiling at his friends. “We couldn’t wait for you to drop the big news, suspecting it but not being able to say anything was kind of killing us.” 
They smiled, holding hands. “I just wanted to be sure to be over the big risks of miscarriage, you know... the other one is not the news you want to tell people after you gave them this one.”
They hummed, getting her point. “But talking about happy things,” Mark said, leaning closer to her, “How do you feel? Have you picked a list of names yet? Would you prefer a boy or a girl? Come on, tell us how it’s going.”
Jaehyun rolled his eyes and Scarlett chuckled, “God, you haven’t changed a bit.”   
Tumblr media
Taking advantage of the baby’s bump not being so big for now, they had decided to do the changes in the palace as soon as possible. Her mother proposed to call somebody else, but they didn’t want to. They basically built an entire house from scratch, their first place, so they could surely adjust two rooms. 
“We’ll bring you closer to us, but not too much, so if the baby screams or cries at night you won’t hear a thing,” Scarlett said, explaining to Eunbi why they picked the room at the end of the corridor to be hers and not the one right next to their chamber. The walls were thick, but a baby was still a baby, and even if they were just born their lungs were so strong you could hear them from miles. 
“I like this,” she said, looking around; it was bigger than the other she had and had a big balcony that let a lot of light wash in even if there was a fence that didn’t let her have access outside. 
“This was the room where I used to play the piano and study,” Scarlett reminisced. It was now empty, ready to move Eunbi’s things in, but it was still filled with memories. 
“Your mom spent her days here,” Jaehyun said as he pushed her bed against the wall, fixing the light lilac drape that fell from the structure of the bed shaped like a house. “She always played the piano and sang.” They looked at each other, smiling tenderly, thinking back at their past days spent there. 
“And you listened to her?” She asked, running to him to give him some pillows to place on her already made bed. 
“I was there to protect her, but yeah, I used to get lost in her voice. Don’t tell her,” he whispered, “but she had the most angelic voice I’ve ever heard.” 
Eunbi giggled, and Scarlett smiled, “I heard you.” 
“Oops, and wait until she finds out that made me fall for her.” 
“Can you sing for me, Mama?” 
“We have your room to decorate.” 
“We sing and decorate,” Eunbi proposed, already walking to the pile of boxes with her things. “There’s no shaking horse,” she whined, looking around and not seeing it. 
“I told Johnny she was going to find out immediately,” Jaehyun said. “Remember that you wanted it to be a unicorn?” She nodded. “Johnny’s making a miracle, that’s why it’s not here.” 
“Oh, I knew he would, he promised me,” she cheered happily, now calm, knowing nobody took it away from her. 
“Why don’t we take care of your playing corner?” Scarlett proposed, walking to the other side of the room. “We’ll hang that drape and then we’ll put that big, fluffy, round cushion right under it.” 
“Here,” Eunbi said, giving her the pink drape, “Don’t fall,” she warned when her mother climbed on a ladder to insert the tent around the round wire hanging from the ceiling. 
“Scarlett,” Jaehyun called her, “what did we say about you doing those things?” 
“I’m fine,” she huffed. “Here, it’s hanged,” she reassured them both, climbing down and pushing the ladder to the side. 
“You’re going to be the death of me,” Jaehyun muttered, going back to the other side to assemble the small heart—shaped library. 
“Daddy’s too paranoic,” she chuckled as Eunbi placed the pink pillow under it, fixing the curtain around it.
“We don’t want you and baby to hurt,” she replied with a pout.
“I know, Mama and baby are fine,” she comforted. “And now the pillows, and the plushies.” 
Eunbi smiled, rushing to grab the last things missing and then started placing them how she liked them the most.
“And we’re down with this,” Scarlett cheered. “You can pull the curtain all around you or leave it open,” she explained, showing it to her. “And soon we’ll also hang a small lamp if you want to read, but try to do it in the light, alright? It’s for your eyes.” 
She hummed. “Can Dada put the library here?” 
“Yes, wherever you want it.” 
“I want this corner to be for… uhm… things I like?” 
“Why don’t you grab those big boxes and take them here? We can put them against the wall and order all your toys inside.” 
“I love it,” she exclaimed, rushing to take them. 
“Order them as you like. I’ll help dad, fine?” 
“So, any help?” 
“You can sit and play with Eunbi,” he replied, dismissing her.
“Jae, I’m not about to die, I’m fine,” she said, rolling her eyes. “I’m only always hungry and I have a disgusting amount of vaginal discharges but I assure you it’s something I can survive with.” The baby was starting to grow, it was almost the end of the fourth month, and she could see a faint highlight of a tummy, but she didn’t have any bad symptoms. Actually, the terrible nauseous of the first months disappeared.
He giggled, “is it given to hormones?” 
“I guess, they are always the ones to blame, right?” 
“I know I’m annoying at times but… I want to make sure you’re safe,” he said, placing down the hammer to look at her. 
“I know, but I’m not dumb. I know my limits, I would never push myself past them, so I will keep me and baby,” she chuckled, making him giggle too, “safe.” Not really liking to keep it gender-neutral, Eunbi came up with the solution of calling it baby because, apparently, it helped her to be reminded less of the 50% of possibility of having a brother. 
“We need to come up with a name, maybe sooner than we did with her. I don’t know what were you waiting exactly to name her.” 
“Hey, I was a broken-hearted widow,” she joked, pushing his arm playfully. “And also she came out of me before the due time, I wasn’t expecting her.” 
“Fine, but this time we’ll have a name before the seventh month.” 
“As you wish my King,” she kidded, kissing his cheek. 
“Mom, Dad, I put them in place,” Eunbi screamed, happy about how she had fixed her toys in the boxes. “Can we decor the outside?” 
“Yeah, I’m coming.” 
After Jaehyun was done with the library, he sat down next to her, helping them decorate the boxes, gluing glitters, and attaching stickers and wooden crafts they had painted together. And little by little, the whole room came together. The canopy bed was at its place in the middle of the room with pillows, her plushies and her comfort blanket, at its side there was a small bedside table where she could keep the essentials. On the other side of the room, there was her play corner, with the curtain and pillow and all the boxes with her toys, the heart—shaped library, and her dollhouse. And what took most of the wall was the closet. The only things missing to decorate were the shelves on the walls and the small vanity table next to the balcony. 
“Do you like it?” Jaehyun asked Eunbi. 
“I love this soooo much,” she exclaimed with a big smile on her face, “it’s just how I wanted it. It only misses the shaking horse and my little sister.” 
They chuckled, “your little sister?” 
“Or brother,” she shrugged, pouting. “Can they play with me?” She asked, entering the shelter in the corner. 
“Babies are delicate when they are born,” Jaehyun explained. 
“But look!” She exclaimed, touching the pillow under her. “Here is so soft.” 
Scarlett giggled. “They will play with you but not immediately, you have to wait some more.” 
She furrowed, tilting her head as she stared at her parents with a confused expression. 
“And what can we do together?” She asked, pouting, crawling out of there to reach her mom that was sitting on the rocking chair and asking her to grab her, struggling to find a place on her leg since she didn’t want to press against the belly, even if for now it wasn’t extremely big.  
“You can hold them in your arms and lull them, sing them a lullaby, and then you’ll give them your first toys. Just wait three months and your little brother or sister will play with you.” 
“And baby won’t sleep here?” 
“No, honey,” Jaehyun said, caressing her hair, “baby will be very loud, and you want to sleep at night, right?” 
She hummed. “And baby’s room will be my old one?” 
“No, we’ll move the nursery on our right, so we’ll have each one of you at our side,” he replied, smiling at her. 
“So, we will all be close to each other.” 
When they started decorating the nursery for the new baby, she was halfway through the fifth month. Her belly had grown a lot, and so did the back pains. 
And the back pains were the only thing that made her sit down and simply watch Jaehyun fix everything. Eunbi was out with Taeyong, he had brought her to the bakery because Jaemin had called him for help and he decided to bring her along. 
“Why are you looking at me like that?” She asked, furrowing. 
“You’re cute,” Jaehyun explained, pushing the mattress in the white crib, and diverting his gaze from her. 
“I’m just eating,” she mumbled, pushing down a bite of the fruit she was devouring. 
“It’s baby, isn’t it?” 
“Well, baby is the reason I’m craving so much food, but fruits are good for the both of us,” she explained. “You know that I like calling it baby? It’s soft.” 
Jaehyun chuckled. “Don’t tell me you’re thinking about letting her choose a name. She will make something up from her fantasy’s worlds.” 
Scarlett laughed. “No, but can we pick it with her?” 
“Yeah, once we’ll have the names and she can have a normal list to pick from.” 
She smiled, getting up, helping him push the armchair next to the crib, and receiving a glare. 
“I thought you had back pain.” 
“I have them but it’s just a chair, don’t worry. Instead, do you have something in mind?” 
“How to call it?” 
She hummed and then started passing him the pack of diapers to put in the drawers of the changing table. 
“We don’t even know if it’s a boy or a girl,” he said, pausing for a moment to think. “Wait, you’re 19 weeks in, we should know it at your next control, right?” 
“Yeah…” she said, “I’m not sure I want to know.” 
“You don’t?” 
She shrugged. “We can have a surprise or something.”
“This pregnancy is too calm for you, isn’t it? You really do love the thrill of things.” 
She laughed, “Stop it, now. I don’t know if I want to find out.” 
“You are terrified it’s a boy, you don’t want it just like Eunbi.” 
“I don’t care, I wouldn’t mind a little you walking around,” she smiled, bopping his nose.  
“What if their twins?” 
“They’re not,” she almost screamed, voice strangled in her throat, already panicking just at the possibility of carrying two instead of one. “You saw the echography, it’s just one, a small bean.” 
“Can we have a third one then?” 
“Oh, Lord, let me get through this one first, please,” she laughed. 
“I know, it’s just,” he pulled her close, kissing her lips softly, “I think that three it’s the perfect number.” 
“I’m fine with that but not in one single pregnancy.” 
“Have I told you that you look beautiful like this,” he said, hands caressing her tummy. 
“It’s starting to show a little,” she smiled dumbly, pulling up the shirt, “I can’t wait for it to be so round I can’t even see my feet.”  
“Eunbi was big, I think you should be grateful she came out before, or else it would’ve been even worse.” 
“She was, I felt like a big balloon going around,” she giggled. “What will you do baby?” 
At that moment the baby kicked, making them still. 
“It kicked! Did you see the little feet,” she exclaimed, looking at him with wide—open eyes. 
“It did, I want to feel it,” he said, placing a hand on her and almost crying when he finally felt their baby move. 
“It’s so strong,” he whispered in awe. 
“Oh, no, another one running around just like her?” She chortled but her eyes were watery. 
“Are you crying? It has never done it before?” 
She shook her head. “This is the first time.” 
“I’m so happy right now.” 
“I think baby’s happy too.” 
“Does it hurt?” He asked, still amazed as he kept his hand there. 
She shook her head. “It’s weird, I haven’t felt something move in me in ages but no, it doesn’t,” she explained, still smiling widely. “Is it weird if I say that I already want to meet them?” 
Jaehyun smiled, pulling her closer, gently caressing the bump, “I think it’s more than normal.” 
“But not because I want them out,” she explained, “like not for now, I’m still not heavy and round enough to want the belly to go away but I’m just so eager to know what it will be like this time.” 
“Yeah, I agree with you,” he smiled, caressing her cheek. “I can’t get you on the round part but for the rest…” he chuckled. 
“I want to see our kids play together. I know Eunbi will be such a great sister, she loves the baby so deeply already.” 
“I want that too, but you know what,” he whispered, leaning closer, “I think we should enjoy these months, not only because they will be the last of sleep for a while,” he joked, making her laugh, “but because I want to walk this path with you slowly, and let’s be honest, time will fly.” 
She hummed, nodding. It was true that time passed in the blink of an eye, so there was no need to wish it would rush up even more. 
“I truly want to be here with you this time, and I want to savour every moment of it, Scarlett.” 
Tumblr media
At the end, they did find out the sex of the baby. They told the obgyn to don’t tell them and write it down in the envelope with the echography. 
And now Eunbi was excitedly sitting on her parent’s big bed with the letter in her hands, waiting for them to give her the signal to open it and be the first one to discover what it was. 
“Are you ready?” Jaehyun asked her, keeping his arms around Scarlett and feeling the baby kick hard, caressing her tummy hoping it would calm down. 
“Yes, I open it now,” she said, sweaty hands fumbling with the tongue of the package before she pulled the paper out and closed her eyes. She was a little bit nervous because she had spent days trying to learn how the words ‘sister’ and ‘brother’ were written and she was terrified she would forget, but then remembered that if it was a girl it would have a small purple heart and green if it was a boy so she took a deep breath and opened her eyes. 
She furrowed for a moment to read the letters and her heart jumped in her throat when she read the first one.  
“It’s a sister! I was right! I was right!” She jumped up, crawling to her mother to show her. “Look si-sis-ster! You made me a sister!” 
Jaehyun and Scarlett looked at her tenderly, almost crying when she hugged the tummy and started leaving kisses on it.
“Are you happy?” She asked, turning around to look at Jaehyun, caressing his face when she saw his teary eyes. 
They were expecting another baby girl. 
“Never been happier,” he said, “can’t wait to add another amazing woman in my life.” 
“Shut up, you’ll make me cry,” she whined, already feeling emotional. She didn’t care much about it being a boy or a girl but she still felt her heart fill up with joy. Probably it was because Jaehyun had stayed with her at the first daughter and now even at the second, unlike her father. Or maybe it was because she only cared about the joy in Eunbi’s eyes, and now it was overflowing. 
“We’ll have another baby girl,” Jaehyun said to Eunbi when she pulled away from her tummy. 
“I’m so happy,” she exclaimed, struggling to walk on the mattress to rush in her father’s arms, letting him lift her up and make her spin in the air. 
“You can make us the flower crowns,” she said, “and then I’ll give her aaall my dresses and we’ll play princess and I’ll teach her how to read.” 
“You were so good at reading before,” he praised her, swinging around. 
“I can be a big sister now, I can make you so pride of me,” she chanted, moving her eyes from him to her mother.  
“We are already so proud of you, little bird,” he reassured her, moving her hair back and then starting to play with her again, making her do the airplane in the air, their laughs mixing together. 
And Scarlett didn’t move, knowing for sure that, if she dared touch the ground, her knees wouldn’t have supported her, and simply watched the scene after looking down at the 6 centimetres baby inside of her and holding her belly hard. Tears falling silently on her face but from happiness. 
She had never felt fuller of love in her entire life. Her daughters were never going to have to fight for love and respect because they were so loved. And that was all she needed to know that she had made the right choices years before. 
Sisterhood was a beautiful gift, a rare gem to protect, and knowing that Eunbi was already cherishing it so much, made her heart jump with joy. 
Tumblr media
“Happy birthday to you! Happy birthday to Eunbi! Happy birthday to you!” Eunbi smiled before blowing on the candles on her big cake, marking another milestone of her life, her fourth birthday. 
Scarlett and Jaehyun were standing behind her, hugging each other as they tried to push back the tears seeing how big she had gotten. Their baby was four. An amazing, strong, intelligent four years old little girl. 
“Did you make a wish?” Scarlett asked, leaning closer to her, and caressing her shoulder. 
“Yes, but I can’t tell it,” she replied. “I also made one for us.” 
“Oh, did you?” She cooed and Eunbi hummed. “You’re so kind, baby. I hope all your wishes will come true.” 
“Thank you, Mama,” she smiled. “And now cake,” she said and started chanting ‘cake’ with her two kindergarten friends that came to the party, Fei and Amelia, the son of one of the maids whom she got close to, Ben, and Donghyuck’s son, Sungmin.
“Alright, time to eat this delicious cake uncles Jaem and Yong prepared,” Jaehyun said, grabbing a knife and starting to cut it. “First slice to the birthday girl, shall we?” He asked, looking at the other kids in line that nodded in agreement. “And here you go, princess,” he beamed, handing her a plate full of cake. 
“Thank you, Dada,” she smiled. “I’ll wait for you at my table,” she told to her friends, starting to walk toward the smaller kid’s table with her plate in hand, a fake tiara on top of her head and a puffy dress swinging around. 
Once everyone was served, they sat down at their table, chatting with the others. Eunbi wanted a party outside, but considering it was the 13th of November that surely wasn’t the smartest idea. But opening the ballroom and setting it up how she liked it the most (lilac everywhere — at this point it was an obsession that didn’t seem to pass — balloons, flowers and tents they made up with chairs and table), made her happy anyway.
“She’s so big now,” Taeyong whispered, leaning against Scarlett’s arm while his gaze was on Eunbi that was eating the cake and talking with her friends. “I remember when I held her the first time in my arms.” 
Scarlett hummed, “sight? It seems yesterday and it’s been four years.” 
“All the times I had to prepare your favourite soup because you had cravings, and all the songs we sang to make her calm down.” 
“Yeah, and what about all the help you gave me with all the disgusting aspects of pregnancy?” 
“I wouldn’t call them disgusting, more painful and annoying for those going through that, but a little help while puking didn’t kill anybody,” he answered, smiling at the memories. “I was so excited to meet her, I admit, I was happy when your water broke before the due date.” 
“You were happy? I was literally terrified. She never gave me time to mentally prepare for anything.” 
Taeyong laughed. “She loves a surprise entrance every time,” he joked. “Guess she will do great things in her life. She either goes big or goes home.” 
“Yeah. When she started crawling so soon and climbed everywhere and as soon as she started talking she never stopped.” 
“She wants to learn how to read so bad,” he said. “The other day she made me redo the lesson schedule because I didn’t put in reading time.” 
“Really?” 
“Yeah, she’s my boss. She takes care of me.” 
“It’s the revenge because you still make her sleep in the afternoon.” 
“Maybe, but she still needs it. And I don’t get why sleeping it’s such a big thing, I’d pay for someone to force me in bed and don’t do anything all day.” 
Scarlett chuckled. “I agree. But she has so much to discover,” she smiled, moving forward to ask Jaehyun, that was talking with Johnny at their side, to cut her another slice of cake. “She remembers the name of every single maid and I think that at this point she even talks with the walls.”
“Here’s your cake,” Jaehyun interrupted them, handing her the plate. 
“Thank you,” she said, smiling at him. “I don’t know what you and Jaem put in this, but I’m addicted,” she hummed, grabbing a spoonful and then eating it. 
Taeyong giggled, “I think the cravings are altering your taste but thanks.” 
“No, seriously,” she said after swallowing, “You outdid yourself, it’s so good.” 
“She’s enjoying it too, I guess,” he joked, pointing his head at the tummy where Scarlett was lightly tapping, he guessed, to keep her calm. 
“Yeah, she woke up at the second bite,” she replied, looking down for a moment, smiling tenderly. 
“How are you keeping up?” He asked, he saw her every day but their main focus was Eunbi’s progress or other things that had nothing to do with her. “I’m kind of sad I’m not as present as the last time.” 
“You won a kid and that’s Eunbi,” she joked. “By the way, I’m doing… fine, I guess.” 
He quirked a brow, “Are you sure?” 
“Yeah, I’m just more tired. I’m very happy, don’t misunderstand, but everything happened so fast. Moving here, becoming a Queen, getting married and I’ve been pregnant with her basically since then. I wanted another baby but none of us was expecting our tries to be this lucky on the first round.” 
“You didn’t assimilate everything…” 
“Yeah, I feel so high and it’s good, but I’m older now, and it’s also tiring. The rush of good things hits different now than when you’re in your early twenties.” 
“And a pregnancy, too,” he added, holding the now empty plate for her and passing the napkin to clean up. 
“I feel so good and even hot in my skin some days but then some others I feel so wrong, all the marks, and the bloating, and the swollen feet and hands. The other day I had to take off the wedding ring,” she sighed, playing with it. “And then I crave so much fruit, I’m obsessed with it just as much as Bi’s obsessed with light purple.” 
“Don’t call it that, she gets offended,” he joked and then imitated her, “Lilac, even the name is pretty.” 
Scarlett laughed, watching as the kids got back playing and smiling tenderly when she saw her mother loosen up a little and play with them. “I get offended if someone brings me red grapes instead of white, we’re both annoying.” 
“If it makes you feel better,” he said, grabbing her hand and caressing the palm, “you do look amazing. You have a glow when you’re pregnant that makes you look so radiant, especially when you’re also with Eunbi. Motherhood looks great on you.” 
Damned, hormones, she felt like crying now. “You are my number one supporter even for this now,” she replied, leaning closer to hug him. “I love you so much, Yong. Thank you for taking care of her just like you did when you didn’t even meet her yet.” 
Tumblr media
Jaehyun was beyond anxious, the more months passed the more it seemed like he couldn’t calm down, and that also included sex. He was incredibly delicate, terrified of doing anything. Treating her so, so carefully. 
Scarlett didn’t feel extremely aroused, but the hormones sometimes picked up so bad that lust filled her brain completely, yet, Jaehyun seemed terrified of her and she was getting tired of it. 
“Am I ugly? Do I don’t live up to your pregnant body expectations?” She asked one day. They were done getting ready to sleep and Jaehyun didn’t even spare her a glance as she was getting undressed. The six months belly was already pretty round and showing in all glory. “I thought you couldn’t wait to see me full of you and what now? Is it because I also gained weight? Are the new stretchmarks the problems? Is it my breast? What?” 
“What?” He asked, turning around with wide eyes, not understanding her random rant. “You think I don’t find you… beautiful like this?” 
She chuckled bitterly, “You hesitated, you find me repulsive.” 
“Repulsive? Are you insane? I always tell you that you’re glowing,” he replied. He did because how could he not. She was glowing like that, not only for the way her body looked but also for the confidence she radiated. Luckily the pregnancy was going on with no complications and this time around she was surrounded by love and it reflected on her. “I always touch you, hug you, kiss you. How could I hate you ever but how could I do it now?” 
“Then,” she sniffled, “then why don’t you want me?” 
He hesitated, only now getting what she truly meant, “You… you want to have sex?” 
“You don’t want me,” her voice broke.  
“No, I — I find you hot, alright? Incredibly hot. But you are a pregnant woman, the mother of my kids, how is that not wrong?” 
Scarlett scoffed, throwing her head back, not understanding why he was so taken aback by it, “How is that wrong?” 
“The fact that if I’d look at you like you want me to look at you, I’d go crazy because your body like this drives me insane. Because if I let that part take over, I’d tell you that I’d never, ever, find you hotter than now. And that is surely wrong.” 
“No, I like it. I want you to want me. I want you to be crazy for me. I need to know that my body going through these enormous changes it’s not a bad thing or a big deal,” she replied. “And I am incredibly horny, Jae. I need you. The hormones are driving me insane. You are driving me insane.”
“But… can we do this?” 
“Yes, my pregnancy is not at risk. You can’t hurt her,” she reassured him, she would’ve never done anything that would’ve compromised the safety of the baby and herself. 
“But are you sure? I don’t want to sound weird, I don’t want this to be uncomfortable for you,” Jaehyun checked in again, not because he didn’t want to, but because he wanted it too much and he needed to make sure she was into this just like him.  
“If it will get uncomfortable, we’ll stop, but about the rest, I don’t care.” 
After her words, he was on her in a moment, lips kissing her hard and hands cupping her face before he swiftly moved them to lift her nightgown over her shoulders, leaving her bare at his eyes and then gently laying her on the bed. 
“Fuck,” he moaned as his eyes travelled on her naked body, her round boobs had grown in size, sitting prettily on her chest, swollen and tender. Her belly was now round, and quite big, not at the fullest but just enough to leave him in a haze at the amazing things she, and her body, were going through. “You’re so hot.” 
“Want to see you, too,” she said, reaching out to get him out of his clothes. “You’re making me forget what your body looks like.” She was always naked at his eyes since he always offered to bathe her and help her get in her clothes, not that she couldn’t by herself, but the baby was big, bigger than Eunbi, and a little help didn’t hurt. And how could she say no to all the attention? But on the other hand, he never let her help. 
“I’m not glowing like you, you’re not missing anything,” he said, swiftly getting rid of everything too and trying to stand on top of her but the tummy got in the way, making her laugh as he tried to find a way to kiss her. 
“Maybe we can find another position?” 
“I just wanted to kiss you,” he whined, “she’s not even here, and she’s already keeping me away from you.” 
“Here,” she whispered, lifting her back up and kissing him. “I think it was my fault for arching my back, also.” 
“I want to make you feel good,” he whispered, hand traveling down on her tummy, reaching her wet core and starting to move in circles. 
“Ah,” she whimpered, letting her head fall behind and arching her back. “Shit,” she jolted, and he stopped. 
“Are you okay?” 
“Yeah, yeah, she moved, sorry, I wasn’t expecting it,” she chuckled. 
“Do you think she feels something?” He asked as he picked up the movements again. 
“I guess, probably she feels the – umm – the contractions of my body.” 
“I can sto—”
“Don’t you dare,” she stopped him, pulling him closer to kiss him. “I need you, Jaehyun. Need you so much.” 
And he didn’t let her repeat it twice, moving away from her to reach between her thighs and bury his face against her pussy. 
“Yeah, just like that,” she moaned, trying to hold his hair but finding it difficult so Jaehyun moved his hand to intertwine it with hers. 
“You’re so wet,” he noted before picking up a rhythm against her, tongue moving slowly on her clit and occasionally teasing her entrance. “Do you like this?” 
“Yes. Please, more,” she mumbled, moving his hand on her belly when she felt the baby kick again. And Jaehyun caressed it gently while his other hand was busy making its way inside of her, middle finger prodding at her entrance, slowly pushing in, testing the waters before he started moving it faster. 
And he probably should’ve found this weird, finger fucking her and eating her out while he could feel their child move inside of her, but it was oddly romantic – and hot – in his head. It was a level of intimacy that reached no other, nothing could come close to that. And she looked breathtaking like this. He couldn’t really see her since the bloated belly was dividing them from the position he was in, but he had her impressed by heart and knew every wrinkle on her face, the way her lips were twitching, and how her long lashes rested on her cheeks. 
“I’m going to come,” she breathed out, holding his hand on her belly tighter, and bucking her hips for what she could. “It feels so good,” she cried out and, before he could do anything else, the orgasm broke out of her, stronger than ever before, it felt a little bit different, but it was good, so, so good. 
“Fuck, you’re amazing,” he whispered, gently kissing her knee, and making his way up to her thigh and then her belly until his lips reached hers and started kissing her gently. “How do you want to do it?” 
“I don’t know,” she whined, trying to kiss him again, just wanting to feel him, letting her hands wander on his body, and kiss him over and over again because between a thing and the other they could never really be intimate, and sure, she loved the other small intimate gestures but this was something that she loved just as much. It was more than falling asleep in each other’s arms, it was more than holding hands, it was more than doing a kind gesture to the other. This was getting deep into each other’s skin, merging together for a small bit of time and pretending that nothing outside of them existed. 
“We can maybe try sideway,” he proposed through one of the thousand kisses, moaning when her hand reached his hard dick and started pumping, “it should be easy.” 
But she shook her head, “Want to see you,” her voice was breathy, and she turned flat on the mattress again, bringing him with him. 
“I’ll weigh on her,” he said, trying to don’t make their stomachs touch. 
“You won’t crush her, you can always don’t lean on me,” she said. “I’m fine. We are fine. She’s having a party down there,” she joked, kissing his worries away again. And so he gave in, hands wrapping under her thighs to pull her closer to him before he started to brush the tip of his cock against her slit. “You will be the death of me,” he whispered in a haze, mesmerized by her beauty. Years had passed and she still had him hooked on her. She was always going to be the most beautiful being he had ever seen. 
Scarlett smiled, reaching for his hand again and gasping when his cock stretched her full. It had been six months since something penetrated and she felt her breath get snatched away before she started laughing and made Jaehyun still. 
“Are you okay?” He asked worriedly but without pulling out.
She nodded, covering her face with an arm as she tried to calm down, “I’m sorry, shit, sorry, sorry,” she mumbled. “I was just thinking how,” she stopped again, laughing, “if the stretch from you feels so much after all this time I’m worried about when I’ll have to push her out.” 
Jaehyun giggled, rolling his eyes, “You have a talent for ruining hot moments.” 
“I’m sorry,” she apologized again. “Can I be worried, though, since it’s my body doing all the work again?” 
“Sure,” he said, smirking, “guess we’ll have to help your muscle to stretch out,” he joked, pulling out and slamming in again slowly. 
“Mhh,” she hummed, eyelid fluttering close and then open again, “I love to exercise like this.” 
And soon, they found a way to work it out, even with the bump ‘getting in the way’ and his fears of hurting her disappearing more and more until another thought sparked in his mind. Jaehyun couldn’t don’t pay attention to her boobs. How much fuller they had gotten again. How beautiful they were and how perky her nipples were. Was it so bad, so depraved, to want to taste her? 
And Scarlett didn’t get it immediately, when she saw him furrow his brows and shake something out of his brain, trying to concentrate on his thrusts and squeezing her hand tighter. But she knew him, it was weird he didn’t ask her anything of that kind when she was breastfeeding Eunbi. She knew how much he loved her boobs and she knew how amazed he was by what they were doing right now. 
So since he seemed so shy to ask, she moved their hands on one of them, making him snap up in surprise. 
“Don’t want to hurt you,” he mumbled, trying to pull away, but she firmly held him in place. 
“They’re so sore,” she cried. “Can you suck on them, please?” 
Jaehyun’s eyes snapped open at the request, gulping hard as he tried to don’t look so excited but his body was betraying him, she could feel his cock throbbing inside of her, and she could see his eyes shine with lust. 
“Are you – shit – are you sure this is not weird, I – fuck –,” he cried, really trying to fight it back. 
She rolled her eyes, cupping his face to force him closer, “I said, help me out. You don’t want to leave your baby mama unsatisfied, right?” And he finally listened, nodding and then latching his lips around one of her sensitive nipples. Now, she never really thought about something like that but fuck if it was relieving, how painful they felt sometimes and how good she was feeling now with all the stimulation. 
“Fuck, it tastes good,” he moaned against her skin, changing sides as he kept moving in and out of her at a steady pace. “Dripping when I don’t pay one attention?” He teased, looking with a smirk at the white liquid dripping down the nipple and running on her breast. 
“They’re so hard,” she moaned, “don’t stop please. My boobs are so – fuck – full,” the words died in her mouth again when he started sucking again, and she could feel the orgasm approach once again. Head rolling back and lips parting open to let out low moans. 
And Jaehyun started sucking and fucking harder, hearing those pretty little sounds, getting lost in pleasure too because it just felt so good and he felt like he was about to go crazy right there and then. 
“Close,” she mumbled, spreading her legs wider, trying to buckle up and feel him even more. 
“Going to come?” He asked, pulling away for a moment, looking for her hand again and intertwining it with his. 
“Yes, fuck, it’s so, so good,” she cried, wanting to wrap her legs around him but not succeeding and Jaehyun got the message that she wanted to feel him closer, so he tried to lean in some more and keep one of her legs close with his free hand. 
“Needy, you’re so – mmph – needy, fuck,” he teased, squeezing his eyes shut when her pussy clenched tighter around him. “Going to fill you up. Come around my cock, baby, make a – fuck – a mess,” he moaned, letting go of her nipple and kissing her, muffling the higher moans that were coming out of her mouth. 
Scarlett threw her head back, nails digging into the skin of his back and in the palm of his hand as the second orgasm hit her harder than the first one and made her feel lightweight. 
“Fuck, fuck,” he cursed, throwing his head back and hips stilling against her ass as they both came undone, high pitch moans rippling past their mouths. “Shit, I had missed you so much,” he said, shaking his head, leaving small kisses on her collarbones before pulling out slowly, and then laying down next to her, caressing her face. 
“Need you,” she whispered, turning to the side. 
“Again?” He asked, taken by surprise. 
“Yes, please, one more. I don’t think we can do it again, I’ll only get bigger with time.” 
“If that’s what you want, I’d never say no to you,” he said, sitting to get back in his old position but her hand on his chest keeping him still stopped him. 
“Want to ride, want to feel you closer.” 
“Ride me?” He asked. “Babe, I don’t think that’s –” She stopped him, kissing him and then climbing on his lap, starting to straddle him. “Fine,” he mumbled against the kiss, he loved when she was on top, and like this, with her beautiful round body and boobs, how could he say no, now? 
“Good,” she smiled, hand reaching between their bodies to take his cock again and line it against her, slowly sinking on him, head lolling back as she enjoyed being full again. “You always fit so perfectly in me.” 
He hummed lowly, letting his head fall back for a moment as he enjoyed the way she clenched around him before he straightened again. “You look like a Goddess,” he whispered, eyes adjusting at her frame in front of him, hands wrapping around her waist for what he could to help her move. 
Scarlett smiled, leaning in to kiss him, giggling lightly when her bump crashed against him. 
“Are you sure you’re comfortable?” He asked, he knew she loved riding him, it gave her more control and it was one of the most intimate positions but like this, it was surely more difficult. 
“Yes, I love this,” she replied. “Do you like this? Do I feel good?” 
“Yes, you always – shit – feel amazing, love,” he replied, his forehead resting against hers as he took the chance to delete the distance completely and kiss her again while his hands were all over her body, touching and squeezing, causing shivers to form on her skin. 
Low hums of appreciation came out of her mouth, getting trapped against his, while her hands rested on his shoulder, trying to push her body up and down as best as she could and at the same time roll her hips for more friction. And surely it was harder, but damn if it felt so good. 
“I love you so much,” he whispered, barely pulling back from her lips, his hand wrapping around her waist to help her movements. “Don’t ever – ah – don’t ever think that I don’t find you attractive – fuck,” he cursed, kissing her again, and again, squeezing her flesh harder. “Don’t ever think that you’re not the most beautiful woman I’ve ever seen,” and he kissed her again, hips slamming hard up against her. “I’m madly in love with you. So fucking much it’s scary.” 
Her heart flipped in her chest, while her hands crept in his hair and pushed him close again, needing to fill the silence with something bigger than words.  
“I love you, and every – fuck – inch of you. Promise you will never,” he stopped, breath faltering as he could feel both of their orgasms approach, “Promise you will never doubt what bonds us.” 
“Never,” she whispered, “I’ll never doubt us.” 
And with that thought, their orgasms struck, releasing hard as they melted into each other’s arms. 
Tumblr media
When the holiday passed, Scarlett was on her 32nd week and it was by now just a matter of time before the birth. She felt like she was exploding, and she honestly was starting to fear how she was going to push the baby out. But overall, everything was going fine, just some usual back pain, more stretches on her body, and the usual repulsion for certain food. 
“Do you think Eunbi will have jealous outbursts?” Scarlett asked. It was early in the afternoon, and they were in their chamber as Jaehyun helped her braid her hair. With the labor approach, she wanted to protect her hair and scalp, avoiding keeping them natural like it happened the first time. All the complications between and after, leading her to keep them in a terrible bun for days and fight with a dry scalp caused by all the sweating of the pushes. And now that her hair almost arrived at her waist, it was way too long for her to be dealing with it. So, box braids were the best options for her – with only thirteen sections so it would’ve taken too long, also considering that Jaehyun had little to no experience, and she had no strength to do them herself.  
“I’m pretty sure she won’t,” he said, starting to work on the first section on her nape. “She looks more excited than us.” 
Scarlett chuckled, relaxing back in the chair and caressing the belly, luckily the baby was sleeping and not kicking as always. 
“Do you think we did a good thing sending her to public school?” She then asked, trying to don’t move her head up and let him finish the first braid. They had discussed it a lot. Her mother was pretty much against it, telling them how it was better to go for private education, but Scarlett didn’t want Eunbi to be lonely like her and grow up with no friends her age. Eunbi was way too outgoing and extroverted to be locked up in a fancy palace all her life and don’t discover the outside world. Also, they presented themselves as the ones that wanted to change things so they had to actually do it. Being a hypocrite was the last thing Scarlett wanted.
“You’re thinking about it now? It’s been months since she started school,” he said. “And this first week after the holiday went fine.” 
“I was asking if she maybe told you something about it,” she explained, playing with her fingers. “Does she has friends? Don’t normal people hang out in their houses? Can they come here? Will they come here?” 
Jaehyun furrowed, raising a brow. “Why do you stress over nothing?” 
“But it is something,” she huffed. “We want her to be like the others but she’s not, she will never be. What if people will use her? Or what if… I don’t know, what if she won’t fit?” 
“But she invited some friends over for her birthday party and they seemed nice.”
“She invited the whole class and only two showed up,” she pointed out, trying to push the tears back. Knowing that she couldn’t protect her tore her apart, and yes, it was life, but Eunbi was still so young and innocent to be hurt that bad. 
“Did she tell you something?” Jaehyun asked this time, worried she knew something he didn’t, while he worked on closing the braid, no hair was added so he needed an elastic band and cursed under his breath because those damned things broke in his hands. 
“She was very happy about the party, you know how she is, small things make her happy. But she did confess she was expecting more friends to show up.” 
“Do you think the family didn’t let them or maybe they were just busy?” 
“I have no idea. Taeyong drops her by and then takes care of her other lessons here, and he tells me that she talks about many kids, and not in a bad way, so I don’t get it…” 
“The parents don’t know her,” he said, trying to come up with a reason why, “maybe they think she’s snotty?” 
“But she’s not. How can your kid don’t tell you when they show you an invite? And is it possible that nobody was born in these months? She received no invitation.” 
Jaehyun sighed. “Do you want to make her drop out and take private lessons?” 
“I don’t… I don’t know,” she replied, feeling on the verge of tears. She hated her messed up hormones, and also being such a sentimental mother. Probably that was why her mother didn’t want to spend much time with her as a kid, the sadness you can feel for your kids is incomparable to anything. Not caring about them is so much easier. 
“Why don’t we talk to her?” He proposed. Sure, they were the responsible ones, but often parents can get too invested emotionally and see problems where they aren’t, and Eunbi was mature enough to talk comfortably with them if something went wrong so that was a conversation they could have. 
And right at that moment, they heard a knock on the door. “Come in,” Jaehyun said, stopping his fingers but keeping the strands of hair in hand, both of them turning toward the door. 
“She doesn’t want to nap,” Taeyong said, leaning against the door with Eunbi’s hand in his. She was pouting and holding in her hand the blanket he had made for her when she was born, still her comfort possession. 
“I’m a big girl, now. I’m four. Can you tell him, mom?” 
Scarlett chuckled, “You know he just wants you to relax, didn’t you have gym today at kindergarten?” 
“We had a dance class,” she lightened up. “Can I go to them? I already told you what we did. Dodo was looking for you.” 
Taeyong chuckled, rolling his eyes, “Yes, I’ll let your recharge your parent’s love battery and go to Dodo.” 
“Thank you,” Eunbi said, signaling him to kneel so she could kiss him on the cheek, “I love you when you don’t force me to sleep.” 
“Thank you, Tae,” Scarlett waved at him. “Take the rest of the day off.” 
“Yeah, the little princess already ordered that. She is my boss,” he winked before closing the door behind him, leaving the family alone. 
“What are you doing?” Eunbi asked, reaching her parents, curiously looking at them. “What are those?” She asked, pointing at the small buns to keep her mother’s pre—parted hair in place. 
“Daddy’s braiding my hair, so I’ll have less trouble when the baby will come,” she explained. 
“I want them too,” she whined, running to the corner of the room to grab a chair and push it next to her mother’s seat in front of the vanity table. “Space, please.” 
Jaehyun laughed. “Wait, let me help Mama stand up so we can pull her chair back.” 
“Thank you,” she greeted when they moved back, and she could position her chair in front of her mother. “Can you do it to me?” 
“Right now?” Scarlett asked, tilting her head, obtaining a nudge from Jaehyun that pushed her head back in place. 
“Yes, please,” she pouted, undoing her ponytail, and shaking her head around to let her curls come down. 
“Careful, you’ll hit your head,” Jaehyun warned, moving his fingers faster to finish the last braid on her nape so Scarlett could raise her face and do them on her too. 
“I won’t part them like mine, we’ll do something easier,” Scarlett said, and Eunbi hummed, smiling happily. “Do you want beads on your ends?” 
“Yes, can you put them on?” 
“I don’t have the energy to crochet them, but we can use these pretty elastic bands,” she showed her the colourful beads, “do you like them?” 
“I love them. Will you put them too?” 
“Nope, they’re for you only,” she said before she signaled her to turn around and started prepping her hair. 
“What happened today at school?” Jaehyun asked, hands still moving on Scarlett’s hair, gaze moving back and forth from the mirror to look at Eunbi’s and the strands in his hands to don’t mess it up. 
“We danced all morning,” Eunbi replied cheerfully. “A dance teacher showed us the steps and we had to copy her,” she explained, moving her arms to imitate what she had done that morning, making Scarlett hiss a ‘stay still’ as she tried to part her hair the best she could but soon giving up making square parting and just trying her best to don’t make them look a mess. Instead, Scarlett lifted her gaze to Jaehyun, hinting at what they said before and Jaehyun nodded. 
“Did you dance with your friends?” He asked, making eye contact with their daughter in the mirror.
And when Eunbi’s face dropped, they both stopped what they were doing. “Bibi? What happened?” 
“I don’t think some of them likes me,” she confessed, fingers playing with a small mirror on the desk and avoiding her parents’ gaze on the big one in front of her. “Yongie says it’s nothing, that they simply knew each other before but…” 
Scarlett wanted to say something, but Jaehyun shushed her, Eunbi wasn’t done yet, and he wanted to know what she felt before starting to conspire with their ideas. 
“I think they don’t like me, they didn’t invite me to their party,” she said, still a small sad frown on her face, “but Fei invited me, Amelia and Ben, to her place. Can Ben come too?” 
“She invited you?” Jaehyun asked, smiling at her, showing her that was a good thing. He always thought it was better to have a few real friends than a fake army of people that truly didn’t care for you, but sure, that mindset came with time and experience, for a little kid not being friendly with everybody was a big deal. 
“Yeah, it’s not a party like mine, but she really likes me. She defends me from the other kids,” Eunbi said, smiling. 
“Defend you? Do they tell you something?” Scarlett asked worriedly. 
“They just ignore me. And if I try to play with them, they say it’s not my place.” 
Scarlett sighed, looking up at Jaehyun, and then groaning in pain, making them worry. “Are you okay?” Jaehyun asked, immediately leaning forward. 
“I’m fine, she just kicked unexpectedly,” she said, but in reality, she had felt a cramp in her lower abdomen but they didn’t need to know. As much as she appreciated how much they took care of her, sometimes it was too much and just added more pressure and anxiety. Her body was probably just getting ready, or whatever. “Can we focus on her, instead? Why do they do it?” 
“Because I’m different,” she said, so casually that their heart broke. 
“You’re not different,” Jaehyun said. 
“Yeah, I am. But I want them to be my friends, or at least to talk to me.” 
“Maybe you should start taking private lessons here,” Scarlett proposed, making Jaehyun furrow. 
“No, I won’t see my friends anymore,” Eunbi complained, turning around, making Scarlett huff when a strand of hair slipped out of her hold. 
“But the others treat you badly.” 
“They don’t talk to me a lot,” she said, turning back around. “But I have my friends, Fei and Amelia,” she explained. “And with Fei’s help, some other kids are getting close to me, mom. Feifei and Lia say it’s just about time, I’m a nice girl, they say there’s no way other kids can hate me,” she reassured her. Eunbi felt a bit disappointed every time she tried to start a conversation, show a drawing, or tell a story and they would push her away, but she also had two amazing friends, and they were enough to make her enjoy her stay at the kindergarten. She also really liked her teachers. Sure, they weren’t Taeyong or Maria, her favourite maid, or her uncles and aunt, but they were nice and taught her many things. And she truly liked to learn. 
And Jaehyun caressed Scarlett’s shoulder to tell her to relax. 
“And as Yongie said not everybody can like us, so it’s fine. If they’ll want to play with me, I’ll be there. If they don’t want to, I’ll have my other real friends by my side.” 
Scarlett let out a sigh of relief. “I’m so glad you’re much more mature than me right now,” she said, caressing her puffy cheek. “Mama’s just paranoid, I have to take care of you getting big and her, and I wish the world will never hurt you. I guessed public school was the best option for you and your curious mind, I grew up all alone here and I couldn’t do that to you and I’m sorry people see you differently but –” 
“Shh, mom, I know,” she stopped her, smiling tenderly, “I’m your little bird, remember?” 
“Yes, you are, but what does it mean, now?” 
“Little birds learn to fly, one day. And I’m flying sooo high,” she giggled, imitating wings with her arms. “I’m not hurt, I was just sad because the others changed partners like… wait… five times,” she explained, counting on her fingers, “but I only did it three times because some didn’t want to dance with me,” she reassured her, “but like uncle Tae said, it was their loss for not dancing with a princess.” 
Scarlett smiled fondly at her and breathed deeply. That was growth. That was all part of growing up. And if she didn’t hurt herself in the outer world, she was still going to get wounded in those walls, so at least, giving her the freedom she needed was the best thing they could do. 
“And Yong’s right,” Jaehyun said. “Wait until they see us dance at our next ball how envious they’ll be,” he joked, making her laugh. 
“You are my favourite person to dance with,” she said in a hush, pretending to be confessing a secret with a hand covering her face. 
“You are my favourite too.” 
“Hey! What about me?” Scarlett whined with a fake pout on her face.  
“Oh, no, she heard us,” Jaehyun joked, and Eunbi threw her head back, hitting the pump by mistake. 
“Sorry, Mommy!” She apologized immediately, turning around, once again making a halfway done braid fly out of her mother’s hand. 
“Don’t be,” she reassured, “but please, stay still and look in front of you, I’ll be done soon.” Soon maybe was too optimistic but she was fast with her fingers and the parting was wide so maybe in fifteen minutes they were done, it was only five short braids in the end. 
“She’s so big. Why is her house so big?” Eunbi asked, fighting the urge to lean back into her mom. She loved feeling the curve of the belly and how soft and yet hard it was. And she also found it funny when she heard the baby kick and move. Once she even saw her small feet peek against the skin. 
They both laughed at her wording but then Jaehyun answered, “because she needs to be strong when she comes out, so she needs much space to grow.” 
Eunbi’s mouth widened in shock. “She won’t be taller than me, right?” 
“No, she won’t,” Scarlett reassured her. “Why are you so afraid of that?” 
“Because I want to be tall as Johnny Oppa,” she said, pouting. 
“Tall as Johnny? Don’t you think that’s a little bit too much?” Jaehyun asked, chuckling. 
“No, he can see so much more than me from there.” 
“Why not as tall as me?” He pretended to be offended.
“He’s taller,” she laughed, sticking her tongue out.  
The hours passed while she told them more about some things they’ve done at school during the week, how excited she was for the end of the year to come so she could bring all the drawings home, and that the teacher told them they’ll have a show so they needed to prepare a choreography. They also talked about Fei’s invitation, Eunbi told them her mom wanted them to stay over even at dinner. And then they discussed the baby names but without coming up with anything, too unsure about picking another name that started with the letter ‘E’ or going for something completely different. 
“I love them, love them, love them,” Eunbi kept chanting, swinging her braids, running around the room since her mom was done with her before Jaehyun was done with her. She was so excited to show them to everybody that she even offered to run downstairs to the cooks and grab some fruit and water for her mother. 
“Bibi,” her mom called, “she’s moving, come feel her,” she said, waiting for Jaehyun to finish the last braid, pointing at her tummy. 
Eunbi giggled, hand flat against her stomach. “She’s dancing just like me,” she exclaimed. “We can have a party once she’s out.” 
“I think that might need some time, but yes,” Jaehyun replied, lips curled in a soft smile as he looked at her happy face. 
“Once she’s out,” Scarlett told her, “we will have the biggest and best ball of our life.” 
When it was time to go to bed Eunbi fell asleep easily, since kindergarten started again, she was more tired and didn’t find the strength to pull up a fight and complain about her bedtime, and also the life there wasn’t so new and exciting as it used to be. It had been more than eight months since they’d been there now, and Eunbi had gotten used to everything. Her new room, her new toys, her new clothes, her maids and everybody who worked there. 
So, they had decided to take some time for themselves before going to bed, too. 
“Are you crying?” Jaehyun asked when he was done boiling the water for the tea, they had decided to go for a hot drink before going to bed and, when he turned around, he saw Scarlett looking like a mess. “Are you hurt?” 
“No,” she said, “I’m fine… physically. They are happy tears, I guess.” 
Jaehyun sighed, he hated being so terrified of everything, but he couldn’t get when she was hurt or it was just the emotional aspect of the pregnancy. “For?” 
“She’s such a big girl, have you heard her today? I was there, panicking, being a crazy mother and she had the maturity to see the situation so… so clearly. And I feel like a terrible mother for so many reasons, I wanted to take her out of there while she wants to go, and at the same time I… I don’t know, I feel like everything I do is wrong. And yes, she’s getting bigger, but I’m terrified for when we’ll also have this one, what if I can’t give her love? Not so much at least.”
“Hey,” Jaehyun called, “come here, let’s sit and talk.”
And she did, dragging her heavy body on the small table of the kitchen, the one that was used mostly just to place stuff and only workers used to eat. “If she was able to analyse that situation like this, it’s because we taught her that. Remember how we always tried to don’t react before her to let her deal with her emotions without our lens? That’s why she can see things so clearly, we were the ones teaching her to accept feelings and deal with them this way.” 
Scarlett hummed, reaching for his hand to hold it. 
“How much we encouraged her into anything she liked. Do you know how confident it made her? Her confidence doesn’t shake when somebody attacks her on something she knows she’s good at. And sure, you’re right, the world it’s cruel and it has all the time to break her apart, but she’s off to a pretty strong start, don’t you think so? And no matter how hard we try, we’ll never be perfect parents. You told me that, remember? The only thing we can do is love her and teach her what we think it’s right, but we will make mistakes and that’s fine as long as we’ll accept to grow and learn too.” 
Scarlett sniffled, lowering her head, hearing his words, and agreeing even, but not really in the mood to let them affect her. 
“And Scar,” he said, caressing her cheek to lift her head up, “you risked your life for her, you walked miles to keep her safe, you would’ve died to protect her, how can you don’t love her? How can she don’t feel your love? She loves you deeply, she sees you so high, you have no idea about how many times she runs to me and tells me you’re the prettiest lady in the whole world and how lucky we are to have you. You don’t know how many times she tells me that she wants to be like you when she grows up. She’s so proud of you for taking care of your Queendom while you’re being the house of her little sister,” he said, a hint of joke on the last phrase, making Scarlett chuckle too. “She has no idea what this truly means but she cares for you so much.” 
“I’m just a little afraid,” she confessed. She had never told him because it felt so dumb, and incoherent and she couldn’t truly put a name to what she was feeling. “I feel like there’s something wrong with me. I… I want her deeply but at the same time I… I feel like I…” the words died in her mouth, feeling too guilty to let them out. 
“You feel like you don’t,” Jaehyun finished for her, and she nodded before breaking down in a loud cry. “No, baby, come here,” he opened his arms and pulled her in. “Sit sideways so you can fit.” 
“How are you not mad at me?” She asked, surprised he was lulling her and caressing her back instead of screaming at her for thinking such things about their child. 
“How can I be mad at you? It’s depression, isn’t it?” 
“I don’t know,” she cried out. She had heard something about that but always avoided the topic, thinking she had no reason to don’t want the baby, especially now. But apparently, antepartum depression hits like a wave at any time and any person, no matter how deeply wanted the kid was. “But I hate this, because I swear I love her but, ugh,” she groaned, sniffling, “I’m so scared this time and I don’t – I don’t understand why since I have you here and I’m so full of love but I look at myself in the mirror some times and I wish it wasn’t there and then I feel even more guilty and I panic so much when she doesn’t move because I’m afraid my thoughts hurt her and I don’t want to lose her.” 
Jaehyun couldn’t get it. He could never get what was going on in her body and brain and how all those changes affected her. She had confessed she felt more afraid because the baby was bigger, but he was sure that wasn’t the reason for all of these. But he wasn’t even a doctor, so all his ‘maybes’ weren’t going to lead anywhere. 
“I don’t know why it’s happening, I wish I could tell you but I’m not a doctor,” he said, caressing her back in circles. “I guess you lost a little bit of control over your thoughts, you are stressed, overly stressed. And I can help you only a little if you don’t decide to give up a little bit of control. You are not alone, I will never leave your side. If we raised a kid in those conditions we were in four years ago, what makes you think we’ll do wrong now?” 
“I don’t know, I didn’t think that until two weeks ago, I guess. I was doing fine, I felt so good with myself and then… it all fell apart.” Probably it was the weight of all the responsibilities she had. When she had Eunbi she was a simple tailor and her boss was one of her dearest friends, but now she was a Queen and she didn’t want to dip out of her duties just like her father did. But it was the second, she should’ve been more prepared, right? And yet, she felt like she was starting from zero. And then all those thoughts she didn’t even feel like she was thinking were piling up on each other and they were making her go crazy. 
“Then why don’t we do a thing, we go talk to the doctor and see what’s wrong, I’m sure they can help,” he said. “And in the meanwhile, you know what we can do?” She shook her head. “Start to love ourselves again.” 
“You want to fuck?” She asked, stunned. 
“No, baby,” he said, shaking his head. “But I want you to remind yourself that you are an amazing woman before being an amazing mother, wife, and queen.” 
“You say it just because…” 
“I say it because it’s true,” Jaehyun stopped her, leaving a peck on her lips, caressing her wet cheek. “But I’ll take it that tonight’s like this, your brain’s not in the mood to listen.” 
“Are you mad at me?” She asked with a small pout on her lips. 
“No, I’d never be mad at you. This is not your fault, it’s something that can happen during pregnancy and it’s something we will solve together. I can’t take your pain and make it mine, but I can walk by your side, and I’ll always will.” 
“And what do I do when those thoughts get too much?” 
“You come to me and I’ll shower you with praise.” 
“Can you do it now, I think I need it.”
And Jaehyun did that, trying to distract her with all the amazing things they managed to do during those past years, trying to remind her how strong she was alone and how strong they were together. He tried to make her think about all the beautiful adventures the future held for them, how they could’ve kept it easy even if they were in this new big experience now and how she didn’t have to stress herself over the smallest things. 
And it worked, just for that night, listening to him talk always put her in a good mood, and it seemed that baby loved to hear her father talk just as much. And with his hand on her belly, the big bump and the way she was moving didn’t terrify her that much anymore. And sleeping in his arms, dozing off as he whispered gentle words and praises in her ear, made her feel a little bit better.  
When they talked to the doctor, and with Kun, since Scarlett wanted him to be there and wanted his advice too, they came up that taking antidepressants at this point was more dangerous than useful and to try other methods since the case didn’t seem severe. And digging a bit further, it had come out that her thoughts were mostly related to her father and the anxiety of not being enough for him. 
So she was trying to change her point of view for real and see her life through the lens of what she loved and loved her. And it was working, slowly, with some falls and fears, but it was getting better. At least she didn’t hate her body anymore with Jaehyun that kept repeating even more how much she was glowing and how beautiful she was even if for her she looked like a big balloon floating around. And Eunbi’s extreme excitement for the new soon-to-be arrived made her have fewer fears about them and the love they had to share. She had also decided to stop dealing with affairs regarding the country and leaving things into Jaehyun and Donghyuck’s hands – not without the fear of them jumping to each other’s throat but for now, it was going quite well, much to her surprise. 
So walking around the garden enjoying the few warmer hours during the day helped her free her mind and come in contact with nature, discovering a new peace of mind. Playing the piano while her maids sang with her brought her back to times she had missed. And reading books to Eunbi helped her escape with her imagination. 
It was going back on track, little by little, the finish line didn’t seem so far and not even so scary. 
And once again the finish line came a little bit unexpectedly. 
They were all enjoying the first warm sun rays of March out in their garden when Scarlett felt a weird cramp on her lower abdomen. 
“Are you fine?” Jaehyun asked her, turning his head slightly around to look at her better, a hand under her belly, frowned expression and the other hand leaning against the closest white table that was set in the little covered area from where they were watching Eunbi, Johnny, Yuta and Mark play soccer. 
“Uhm, uhm,” she moaned, squeezing her eyes shut and starting to breathe normally again. “I’m fine. You know, just her usual jokes,” she chuckled before letting out another moan. She was feeling these irregular contractions, but they have been happening more frequently in the past few days, so she wasn’t paying much attention. “Uh, uh, baby’s happy today.” 
At that, three heads were turned to her, Jaehyun’s, Taeyong’s and Doyoung’s. 
“Babe, not to get in between this again but you do not bend in two when she kicks,” Taeyong commented, staring at her with a furrow on his face. 
“It’s just my body playing games with m – ah,” she screamed. “Oh, shit,” she cursed, pursing her lips together, “I should know what’s going on, but I don’t really know. I do, shit, think that, haha,” she panicked, looking around, “probably my body is very much not playing games to me, fuck,” she mumbled, throwing her head back when she felt a stronger contraction. 
“Are you giving birth right here?” Jaehyun asked, panicking, not knowing what to do, looking back at the others that weren’t even paying attention. 
“Not here,” she screamed, “not in a freaking garden. This time I’m lying on a bed at least. Where’s Kun? I’m not pushing her out if I don’t have him here.” 
“Did your water break?” Taeyong asked. 
“No, but, fuck, why does it hurt so much?” She asked, lifting her gaze, feeling tears stream down her face. “Am I losing her?” 
“No, God, no,” Jaehyun said, kneeling next to her, and caressing her hand. “Fine, we are walking inside until you can, alright?” She nodded, biting her lips. “And you will call Kun, ‘right?” 
“Yes,” Taeyong answered. “It will be fine,” he said, smiling at Scarlett. 
“No, actually I might need you here with us,” Jaehyun said. 
“Why would you bring me with you?” 
“You were there the first time, come on,” he whined, helping her stand up from the chair. 
“But you are here now.” 
“I need you, too. C an you please, come?” Scarlett pleaded, now breathing better again, the contraction coming to a stop. “Please, you were really nerve soothing the first time, please.” 
“Fine. I don’t know if I’ll be there for the next one, though.” 
“No next one, not for – fuck – fuck, Jae, it hurts.” 
“Where is Mama going?” Scarlett stopped when she heard Eunbi’s voice and saw her ran toward her. 
“Hi, love, Mama’s in a little bit of, uhmm,” she pressed her lips together to don’t curse in front of her. 
“Mama’s in pain,” Taeyong replied. “The baby’s coming and it’s a difficult thing to go through.” 
“I want to help.” 
“You can’t help her,” he replied, signaling Jaehyun to carry her inside. “I’ll deal with her, go.” 
“I love you,” Scarlett screamed to Eunbi before she tried to walk inside again. “I don’t want to go up the stairs,” she cried. 
“You can do it,” Jaehyun encouraged. 
“No, I cannot,” she cried, clenching around him. “I want Taeyong.” 
“Worry about the stairs first. I’m sure Tae will come to be by your side.” 
“It’s not like I don’t, I don’t want you – shit – my water – fuck,” she whined. “I’ll give birth here.” 
“On the stairs?” He exclaimed. “Babe, come on, let me carry you.” 
“You can’t, the belly’s too big,” she stopped, gasping when a contraction hit. 
“Oh, shit, they’re starting for real, aren’t they?” He asked, worried and she could only nod. “I’m carrying you upstairs, let’s go.” 
The walk to the setup room felt like a lucid dream but in pretty decent time she was laying on the bed with Jaehyun and Taeyong by her sides. 
“I’m scared,” she said. “I’m so terrified.” 
“It will go well. You did so well the first time,” Jaehyun said, trying to calm her down. 
“No, I, can you breathe with me? I can’t keep the tempo. I, I can’t do this, I’ll fail, they’ll have to cut me, I’ll—”  
“Alright, now, will you stop being so negative?” Taeyong snapped. “You know what you too need? A little time alone.” 
“No, don’t leave,” but it was already too late because he was already out of the door. 
“I love that I have you – have you here,” she said, breathing hard as she tried to fight nausea, smashing her face against his broad chest, “but he’s more like a – fuck – superstitious thing. I… I’m afraid because this isn’t home, and this isn’t, this is different and I hate changes and I felt like I was more prepared the first time and I’m sorry because I love you, you do know right, I love you and I fucking hate those – shit – those, ugh, contractions,” she screamed the last words when she felt they were getting more intense and more frequent.  
Jaehyun smiled, caressing her back, and pushing her closer, “I know, you don’t need to explain, babe. We’ll make Taeyong come back in a second, but listen to me,” he said, waiting for her to raise her head, “you’ve got this. This is home, even if it’s bigger, this is our place. This is different because it’s better, you have me, and all your friends, and your daughter, and your mother. Isn’t it great?” 
“Uhm,” she hummed. “It’s great, it’s, fuck,” she cursed, “but it’s not enough, it’s, I can feel her, I need to push.” 
“Kun’s not here yet,” Jaehyun said panicking. “Isn’t it too soon?” 
“It doesn’t have to be an even more excruciating pain, you know, love?” 
“I don’t know how it works, I wasn’t there,” he defended, hoping that somebody else was going to come into the room and take the matter in their hands because he hated seeing her like this, hearing her cry and scream, breathing hard, skin pearled in sweat.  
“Okay, I’ll breathe. In and out. And give me your hand. Your hand and call Kun, call somebody, call my mom, she knows. No, I should know, I did it a few years ago, she did it ages ago.” 
“I’ll go see where —”
“Don’t you fucking dare leave me alone,” she warned, scarily threatening. 
“He should be here any moment,” Taeyong explained, entering the room before Jaehyun could answer her. “How are you?” 
She glared at him, letting out another loud scream as she felt everything happen ten times faster than Eunbi, and if it was supposed to be a relieving thing, at that moment, it only looked scarier to her. 
“Aaalright, wrong phrasing but like how do you feel? Is any of you keeping track of the contractions?” 
“No, I, uhm, we’re not unless she is.”  
“I’m not, I want to push her out. Out.” 
Jaehyun and Taeyong looked at each other, “Wear the gloves just in case,” Jaehyun said before they moved to the end of the bed. 
“Remember the last time?” Taeyong asked, opening her legs again. “Do the same.” 
“Are you two going to do that?” She asked, head snapping up, chin moving away from against her chest. 
“Well, it’s not like Kun did something, you did all the job yourself,” Jaehyun explained. “We’ll just catch the baby.” 
“Fine, I’ll try, I’ll, ugh,” she cried, sinking her nails in the sheets under her. “I need Johnny.” 
“You don’t need a crowd every time you give birth, honey. You can do it,” Jaehyun said, trying to talk some sense into her. 
“He only brought sheets to clean the mess, you don’t need him,” Taeyong assured her. “And now push.” 
“Push,” she whispered, chest heaving and cheeks wet, as if she wasn't already doing it. “It’s not coming out,” she cried when she kept pushing for what felt like ten minutes to her but, it had only passed three. “I’ll die this time. You’ll dig a hole for me and the baby and I will…” 
“You will stop with these words,” Kun said, barging into the room. “Oh, great, a crowd once again.” 
“It’s just us, we wanted to help,” Jaehyun explained. 
“Fine, help by holding her hand and giving her comfort, I’ll take care of the rest.” 
“Can you drag it out of me?” 
“You just have to relax and push.” 
“It’s so easy for you,” she yelled. “Need you,” she said, looking for Jaehyun’s hand. “Push with me, please?” 
“Yes, I’ll push with you,” he replied, not even getting what she meant with that but glad he could help, at least in her mind. 
And after that, everything went blank, she couldn’t really pinpoint what was going on around her, the only thing she could remember being Jaehyun’s hand holding hers, faint chants of Kun’s and Taeyong’s voices, her unbearable pushes, and then finally a loud scream followed by cries. 
Their second baby was there. 
And when Kun gently placed the baby in her arms, and she immediately reached for her, she once again felt like everything was worth it. 
“She’s beautiful,” Jaehyun whispered, resting his head against Scarlett’s caressing her gently. 
“And we gave birth to another baby,” Taeyong exclaimed, interrupting their sweet moment. “Welcome to the world…” he stopped, realizing he didn’t know the name. 
Making them realize they didn’t pick one. 
“Not again,” Jaehyun huffed, rolling his eyes. 
She chuckled, immediately regretting it when she started feeling the contractions to push out the placenta, but it didn’t really matter, that was just a painless plus. So, she looked up at Jaehyun and then back at the baby in her arms, a smile curling her lips, “I have one, actually.” 
Tumblr media
After a few hours passed and both of them were clean and moved to another room, the others finally got to see them. 
Eunbi was the first one to enter the room, her hand wrapped tightly around Johnny’s fingers as she took small, intimidated, and yet excited, steps toward the bed. She was dying to meet her little sister, but she was also afraid of doing something wrong. Everybody kept reminding her how delicate she was. 
“Hi, little bird,” hearing her mother’s voice made her heart calm down a little and seeing that she seemed fine, made her finally let go of the breath that she was holding. She was too young to understand what was going on, but she still sensed everybody’s tension. 
“Hi, Mama,” she whispered, waving her hand, letting go of Johnny’s, turning around one last time to smile at him, and then walking to the bed alone. 
“Why are you so calm?” Scarlett asked curiously, not used to seeing her move around so calmy.  
“Baby. They say she’s delicate,” she replied, playing with her fingers, “But… can I see her, mom? I’ll be good, I promise.” 
Scarlett smiled, feeling on the point of crying again for how considerate she was being. “Sure, you can, come here. Ask Papa to place you next to me.” 
When Jaehyun lifted her and sat her next to her mom, she gasped. The baby was sleeping in her arms, folded in a white blanket and with a small hat on her head. 
“She’s…” she paused, sitting on her knees to see her better, “she’s small,” she whispered, furrowing, causing everybody in the room to laugh under their breaths to don’t wake her up. “She was in your tummy?” 
Scarlett giggled, wrapping the arm that wasn’t holding the new-born up around her eldest daughter. “She very much was in me.” 
“Dad, see! You were right, she’s not taller than me.” 
Jaehyun chuckled, sitting next to her, wrapping an arm around her too. “You always have to trust me.” 
“Can I touch her?” She asked, shily lifting her hand up. 
“Sure,” Jaehyun said, “just be gentle.” 
And the way Eunbi’s hand placed so gently on her little cheek made everyone in the room skip a beat. The baby’s eyes opened, but no cries rolled out of her lips, she simply stared up at her big sister and moved her hand around, placing hers on top of Eunbi’s. And it surely was an involuntary muscle movement, but that didn’t stop Eunbi’s heart – and everybody else’s – from beating faster at the cute gesture. 
Eunbi’s lips parted and she looked up at her mom and dad with almost teary eyes. “She loves me! She touched me.” 
“It’s obvious she does,” Scarlett said, “who was the one singing all those songs and reading all those stories?” 
“She remembers? She remembers me!” She exclaimed, voice rising up just a little, but not too much to scare her little sister. “I love you so much,” she said, leaning in to kiss her cheek. “And you’re the prettiest sister I could ever ask for.” 
Scarlett looked at Jaehyun, smiling tenderly, their hands brushing against each other on Eunbi’s back. 
“Wait, if I am Eunbi, who is she?” 
They giggled, and then Scarlett replied, “So, we were thinking of calling her Aisha. How does that sound?” 
“I love it! It’s so pretty, just like her,” she exclaimed before looking at her sister again. “Aisha,” she repeated. “It suits her.” 
“Glad you love it,” Scarlett said. “We also think it suits her very much.” 
She smiled, nodding happily and then fell back, squeezing into her parents’ hold. “Eunbi and Aisha. I think we sound great together.” 
“You do,” Jaehyun agreed, caressing her cheek. “I’m sure she’ll think that too.” 
“Now that I have a sister can I have a brother?” She asked so nonchalantly that everybody in the room froze for a moment. 
“Oh, hell no, baby. Not now that I just finished pushing her out,” Scarlett replied in utter shock. 
“But don’t you think a baby boy it’s the only thing missing?” She asked, turning around and batting her eyes. 
“When does this suddenly come from?” She asked, confused, considering she had been begging for a sister for months until her eyes moved to Jaehyun that was visibly holding back a laugh. “It was you!” 
“No,” he stated, lifting his hands in defence. “It comes from her but, who am I to say no?” 
“Not now,” Eunbi said, reassuring her mom, caressing her face. 
“Oh, great, thanks for the pass, honey,” she joked, shaking her head. 
“We need to take care of you and Aisha first, and Mama needs time to recover,” Jaehyun explained, turning serious again. 
“I know,” Eunbi smiled, turning back around, placing a hand on the baby. “I need Johnny to give me a cousin first.” 
Everybody laughed again, well, except for Johnny and Juliet that went pale and stared at her in disbelief. 
“Yeah, sorry to disappoint but for now the only thing we can give to you it’s your shaking horse turned into a unicorn,” Johnny said, pulling his girlfriend close to him. 
Eunbi smiled, “That’s fine, I love that too. I think I want to keep as the cool uncle and aunt for a little more.”
Tumblr media
The first three months after pregnancy flew by. Having a small kid wasn’t easy, but Aisha was overall pretty good, just like her sister. She slept at night, didn’t have problems eating, and no health problems happened. 
And now that it was late June and Eunbi just finished going to kindergarten, they spent their days at their place in the countryside, enjoying the quiet of nature. Jaehyun was mostly taking over their duties since Scarlett was focusing on the kids and herself, but he still did his best to spend time with the family, especially during weekends. 
“You know,” Scarlett said, fixing the white hat on Aisha’s head while she was jiggling a toy in her hand, “my family never used this house,” she confessed, smiling bitterly. She fixed the white dress around her legs and looked up at Jaehyun that was keeping an eye on Eunbi that was playing in the small circular pool in front of them. 
“If I say I’m not surprised, do you get offended?” He replied, chuckling, turning around to smile at her. 
She shook her head, moving a little to let the baby sit better against her. Being almost four months old she managed to keep her head up, but still needed support to sit completely. “I know, but I was just thinking about all the things I missed.” 
“Your father surely wasn’t great at managing a kingdom and a family,” he replied, passing the small toy to Aisha again after she dropped it too far from her while shaking it. “But look at us, we’re doing a great job.” 
“We are. Are we superheroes or was he just so damn selfish?” She asked. “It’s not even about this place, but… all those small moments, you know. How can we find time to stay with them, play with them or read something, but he could never do it with me? I was just one.” 
“Because we care,” Jaehyun replied, caressing her hand with his thumb. “And are you finally over the idea of not being able to love them enough?” 
“I am,” she reassured him. “It was just a stupid fear. It could’ve been too much to take.”
“But it’s not. There are two of us. And as heavy as ruling a reign is, we are doing it well. We have Donghyuck’s help, your mother’s too. And we are taking time with them, everything’s going well.” 
“Yeah, I think I need to stop trying to find answers to justify him, he simply was evil and full of himself.” 
“I’m not one to judge usually but, I agree. Put him in the past, you have good things now. The memories you didn’t create with your past family, you will create them with us.” 
She smiled, snuggling closer to him and wrapping a hand around Aisha to pull her close to her, “Yeah, I love this.” 
“Mama! Dada!” Eunbi screamed, a towel badly wrapped around her body as she ran toward them to sit on the blanket on the grass, under the shadow of the tree. “Got baby a pretty flower!” 
“Oh, be careful she won’t eat it,” Jaehyun said, smiling while Eunbi leaned closer to her sister to hand her the big daisy she had found. Her small hands dropped the toy and grabbed the stem, making her giggle at the contact with the surface. 
“She likes it,” Eunbi clapped, sitting better in front of her, discharging the towel to the side carelessly. 
“Achoo!” Aisha sneezed when she brought the flower close to her nose and then stared at it with a confused expression but instead of crying, she started chuckling, making everybody laugh too. 
“She’s so weird,” Eunbi said through laughs. “Was I like this too?” 
“Yeah, you used to laugh at the word cheese,” Jaehyun told her, causing her to start laughing again. 
“Oh, and you didn’t stop,” Scarlett joked. 
“No, but it’s funny, why?”
Her dad shrugged, “just weird things little kids do, right?” 
“She wants to play,” she said when the baby started doing grabby hands to the toy that fell close to her. “Here, little one,” she cooed, passing her the toy into the hand that wasn’t holding the flower, smiling back at her when she smiled and babbled something. 
“You two have nice conversations,” Jaehyun joked, grabbing the towel and drying Eunbi’s hair more, making her huff and squirm. 
“Can she bath with me?” She asked, pouting.
“Yeah, but let’s see if she wants to,” Scarlett replied, “and be careful to don’t splash her, she might get scared.” 
“Yeah,” she exclaimed, getting up and rushing to the pool. “I’ll wait for you.” 
“We should get a bigger one and enjoy a bath, too,” Jaehyun proposed, helping Scarlett remove the leotard from the baby’s body and passing her the sunscreen cream. 
“We totally should,” she agreed. Luckily the day wasn’t extremely hot, but a fresh bath was always a good idea. “For now, we’ll get our hands wet and this will do,” she chuckled, getting up, carrying the baby and then they started walking toward Eunbi that was already waiting inside the water. 
The first meeting with water that didn’t imply getting cleaned was very nice, but the thing that interested Aisha the most were all the colourful toys and especially the way Eunbi’s orange duck splashed out water from her mouth. 
The afternoon passed pretty much the same until they got back inside to clean up and get ready for dinner, deciding to eat outside under the porch. 
“I’m so happy that we can be all together like we used to do,” Eunbi confessed mid—dinner, reaching out her hand to grab her sister’s hand that was laying in the stroller seat next to her. 
“Were you scared when we moved?” Scarlett asked, tilting her head to the side. 
Eunbi pressed her lips together, the same expression of Jaehyun’s face on hers. “I little bit,” she admitted. “I didn’t really understand what was going on. It was nice, new, but scary.” 
Her parents smiled, grabbing her free hand, and caressing it. 
“Whatever happens,” Jaehyun started saying, “just know that we will never leave your and your sister’s side.” 
“We are not going anywhere, little bird,” Scarlett reassured. “No matter how hard life will get, and how many things may change, we will always be able to count on each other.” 
Eunbi smiled widely at her parents’ words. She knew that. She had seen proofs of their love for each other, for her and her sister every single day of her life. She never doubted that what held them all together was stronger than anything. 
And as her little hand squeezed tighter around their hands and Aisha’s one, she felt like she never wanted to be anywhere else in the world. 
And even if she didn’t say it out loud, both Scarlett and Jaehyun, knew what she was thinking. They knew that after all the hardship, and the pain, and the fear, they managed to build up their own castle, with their own King and Queen and Princesses, that went beyond the fact they went back to where their story started. 
They succeeded in writing their own story. Their cursed fairy tale wasn’t written on a scarlet letter anymore, but the ink of what bonded them together was marked in the pages of a beautifully hardbound book. And their story, magical, beautiful, and tragic but with a happy ending, was going to be passed down forever. 
In the end, committing their gentle sin was worth it all. 
Tumblr media
If you arrived here, thank you! ❤️ I hope you enjoyed it. Consider supporting me with comments, reblogs, asks and if you want, you can also donate here! 
588 notes · View notes
justwritedreams · 4 months
Text
Welcome to the Kingdom | Jeno
Chapter Eleven: We’re not ordinary bride and groom
Tumblr media
Prince Jeno x Princess Reader, enemies to lovers au!, royalty au!
Word count: 3073 Genre: slow burn, suggestive Author: maari Warnings: There's a VERY suggestive scene like, jeno gets hard but nothing really happens because you know how I like cliffhangers. Note: I really needed to post this chapter even though it was short! Please remind me if I forgot anyone on the taglist I'm doing this constantly, sorry! Summary: What not ordinary bride and groom do in the night before their wedding?
<<< Previous | Masterlist |
⪢ NCT Masterlist
Taglist: @floweronacloud, @cookydream, @travelleratheart101​, @ilvaussie​, @tyongf-sunflower99​, @mings-cafe,  @n0hyuck, @waltermitty97, @jihoonismydad, @madaboutjunmyeon, @actually-vl , @neomooniez, @pvppyhao, @ikayyyyyy (can’t tag you honey 😞), @everloving-avenue, @moonchele,
Tumblr media
Y/N stared at herself in the mirror with a mix of emotions. The semi-angelic figure reflected in the mirror didn't even look like her and she wasn't even ready, but that didn't stop the mother from sniffling in the corner of the room.
"You’re so beautiful!" The princess smiled and turned to face her mother. “Zuhair did a great job.”
“You said the same about the reception dress.”
“But it’s the truth.” her mother approached her, placing a few strands of her daughter's hair tied behind her ear so she could admire the front of the dress. “Although I liked the ceremony dress a little more.”
Y/N smiled, sharing the same opinion.
If she wasn't forced to wear two dresses to the wedding, she would wear the same one from the ceremony to the wedding reception.
After long visits from Zuhair Murad and endless hours of conversation, finally the princess's wedding dresses were there with her with all the adjustments made and ready to be worn the next day. Exactly the way she wanted.
She couldn't contain the hint of anxiety that had been settling in her stomach since the beginning of the week, although she managed to hide her facial expression, she couldn't say the same about her sweaty hands.
She is getting married tomorrow.
That alone was reason to be nervous.
But the whole context of the wedding and what it meant for her future made her even more anxious. Marriage was the symbol of her coming of age, getting closer and closer to the crown destined for her.
And well, her alliance with Jeno made her a little nervous too. All other attempts to bring the two kingdoms closer together had already failed, she didn’t want the marriage to trigger any retaliation.
She wanted it to work, for everyone's good.
“Now, you're going to take off that dress and go to the jacuzzi on the terrace.” the mother said, turning her daughter around to undo the buttons on her dress. “While I’ll take your dresses to my closet.”
Y/N frowned.
“Why for yours and not mine?”
The queen undid the buttons and helped her daughter carefully take off her dress.
“And we run the risk of Jeno coming into your room and seeing the dresses?” the queen raised her eyebrow, taking the dress to the bed where the bag was to store it.
The princess laughed.
“You don’t need to insinuate anything, you know this marriage is just a political alliance.” she recalled, defensively.
“I didn’t insinuate anything.” the queen turned to face her daughter who felt her jaw give way. “I just wanted to say there are some traditions I want to keep.”
Y/N swallowed hard and scratched the back of her head, while trying to defend herself from something her mother hadn't even said, she gave more signs than she should have.
"Why?"
The queen smiled.
“You’ll know right away.” she assured and the princess agreed.
The mother went to the door, where she called the maids to take the two dresses that were lying on the princess's bed.
“Remember to sleep well, you need to be relaxed.”
Y/N nodded.
She had been hearing this for a long time as she was preparing for the wedding, from the makeup artist, to the hairdresser, even Nana.
It was one of the reasons she chose to stay at the castle the night before the wedding, firstly because she couldn't take the risk after all they had caught the henchmen from the last attack on the kingdom but still hadn't been able to find the mastermind, and secondly she needed a little of peace and quiet on the last single night of her life.
Jeno, incredible as it seemed, understood the situation and still decided to do the same, denying all bachelor party invitations from his brothers and friends in his kingdom.
The princess found it strange, she imagined he was going to do something with the new maids who had already been selected, but so far she hadn't seen or heard anything.
She didn't know if she really believed what he said that he would only kiss her and no one else.
That was also why the queen was there at that time in the princess's room, she was so busy with the selections and other royal matters, she was only in the first conversation with Zuhair, who barely had time to see her daughter in her wedding dresses.
Y/N took the opportunity, in addition to relieving the anxiety of putting on her dresses one last time before preparing for the wedding, to get her mother's opinion.
"Goodnight my love." the queen spoke right after the maids picked up the dresses and Y/N smiled.
"Good night, mom."
The princess saw her mother close the door with a soft noise and took a deep breath, feeling her heart accelerate and turned to face her image in the mirror once again.
She was wearing a transparent white nightgown, lace details on the short sleeve, the nightgown didn't even reach halfway up the princess's thighs but she liked the light fabric, it gave her an air of freedom that she was looking for that night. Her hair was tied up in a high, messy bun.
But what she saw went beyond her appearance, she saw more than pure anxiety for the next day, she also saw hope and determination. She was no longer that teenager obsessed with becoming the perfect princess, she was about to take another step that brought her closer and closer to becoming the queen, to being the ruler that was born to be.
It seemed that only now had she realized that she had become a real adult and would have to act like one.
She took a deep breath and took a step towards the closet, ready to change her clothes and go to the jacuzzi as her mother had suggested, when she heard a firm knock on the door and snorted, throwing her head back lazily.
Believing that it was just one of the maids, she didn't even bother wearing her robe, after all, all the maids had already seen her in those outfits due to the dress fittings. She had nothing to be ashamed of.
However, when she opened the door, in addition to feeling her entire face burn with embarrassment, her jaw also dropped.
Because it wasn't one of the maids, but Jeno.
Dressed in a black shirt and gray sweatpants, with his hand behind his neck, showing his biceps.
“Wow, if I had known I would get this reception, I would have come sooner.” he smiled mischievously, analyzing the princess from head to toe.
Y/N rolled her eyes and hid behind the door, covering her exposed cleavage with the arm that wasn't holding the door. She felt completely naked in front of Jeno, as his dark eyes analyzed her as if she were… an ice cream in the middle of the desert.
"What do you want?" she asked, trying hard to keep her voice from sounding so weak.
“I came to check on you.” He shrugged, putting his hands in the pocket of his sweatshirt and the princess's eyes followed the movement, stopping at his hip, which seemed a little more... Wait a minute, Jeno wasn't wearing any underwear? “Y/N?”
"Huh?" She raised her eyes back to his face, which was smiling sideways. "What did you say?"
"Are you okay?" she raised her eyebrow at the question. “Last night as a single. Do you have plans?”
She laughed, half embarrassed and disbelieving at the same time for having seen what she shouldn't have.
“Actually, yes I do, and you’re slowing me down.” She made to close the door in his face but Jeno placed his hand on the wood before that happened.
“Are you going to get away, princess?” he teased.
She smiled evilly.
"And if I do?"
He acted disinterested.
“I could come along.”
She laughed quietly.
“Have you ever seen the bride and groom attend the same bachelor party?” she questioned and he shook his head.
“It’s just that we’re not ordinary bride and groom.” he remembered and she stared at Jeno to try to understand what he meant between the lines.
“Do you want me to invite you?” she asked, shocked. “Do you want to spend your last single night with me?”
Jeno took his hand off the door and leaned his shoulder in place, looking unassuming.
“Would it be that bad?”
Y/N crossed her arms, her figure still behind the door and she considered the request.
Bad? No. She just didn't know what to expect from Jeno.
But a part of her even liked the idea, Jeno hadn't thought of that for free, he was up to something.
And she was starting to do the same thing.
“Okay, Jeno.” She smiled slightly, to hide the naughty idea that crossed her mind. “Do you know how to get to the castle terrace?”
He shook his head.
“Your castle is a little bigger than mine, I haven’t memorized the map yet.”
God, she didn't believe she would do that.
“Okay, then follow me.” she said, feeling her heart speed up the moment she came out from behind the door to get her robe next to the bed because Jeno's eyes observed her in a far from discreet way.
She felt his gaze burn on her bare thighs and especially on her ass covered in fabric so transparent that it was obvious he would look, and that was exactly what she wanted.
Y/N put on the robe but didn't tie it and turned around, seeing Jeno's lips pressed together as he stared at her intensely. The princess didn't say anything and left the room, closing the door behind her, with Jeno beside her.
They walked to the terrace in silence, Jeno seemed tense and Y/N glanced at his face from time to time, she led him to the furthest part of the terrace, entering an area completely different from the rest of the castle.
Y/N walked to the jacuzzi and tested the water temperature with the palm of her hand while Jeno stood a little further back observing the room. It was more rustic, divided by windows that were covered by medium trees and wood, further to the side it was possible to see a corner sofa very close to the large smooth window with a space for a fire pit right in the center, also full of green, with flowers and a tree that passed the ceiling. The yellow lighting made the room much more cozy.
"Wow!" was all he said. “I didn’t know you had this here.”
“It was my idea but it was my mother who carried it out. It reminds me a lot of a chalet we have in the north of the kingdom.”
Jeno looked surprised and the princess laughed softly.
“I didn’t know you had a way with these things.”
She shrugged.
“I like rustic things.” she admitted and saw Jeno looking at her curiously.
"Oh, really?" he seemed very interested. "What kind?"
She smiled and took her hands to slowly take off her robe, making Jeno pay attention to her.
“You’ll have plenty of time to find out.” she replied, letting the robe fall to the floor and she shivered as Jeno's eyes looked her up and down again.
Only this time she let him admire her for a long time. Jeno became serious, his eyes clearly screamed desire and the princess couldn't deny that she liked that, the way he looked at her made her feel powerful and confident, enough to enter the jacuzzi the way she was, fully aware that the transparent nightgown would be even more transparent, because that's actually what she wanted.
When she sat down, she let out a low moan and looked at Jeno with an expression of false innocence.
“Aren’t you going in?” she asked quietly and Jeno laughed, unbeliever.
That would be a night of surprises then.
He just nodded and in one quick movement pulled off the black shirt he was wearing, Y/N's little smile quickly faded and she swallowed hard as she stared at his bare torso.
The other opportunities she had, Jeno was dressed, there was always something that prevented her from fully seeing his torso, but not this time. She could see every bit of exposed skin and it looked like Jeno had really been working out a lot because he looked so much stronger.
And she even tried to look away when Jeno grabbed the hem of the sweatpants he was wearing, but her curiosity got the better of her and she just watched him, exactly as he had done to her. He was wearing black underwear, different from what she had imagined, so she noticed that the bulge on his hip was slightly awake.
Oh God…
She felt the danger in the air but also the excitement and it wasn't something she wanted to stop, because that little game of seduction was too good for both sides.
Jeno entered the jacuzzi, facing the princess, and sat down as he murmured softly when the hot water came into contact with his skin. He stretched his arms to rest on the edge and smiled mischievously at her who blinked a few times before closing her eyes and taking a deep breath.
She was wet. And it wasn't even because of the jacuzzi.
What had she done?
In fact, she didn't even know why she had done it. She just followed her instincts, but she was waking up a monster that she didn't even know if she could handle.
The image of Jeno dressed only in his underwear would hardly leave her mind.
Y/N couldn't even stay lost in her own paranoia for long and felt the water in the jacuzzi moving beyond what it should have, when she opened her eyes she saw that Jeno was moving to stand in front of her with his arms on either side of her.
She lost her voice and just stared into his dark eyes closely.
“I know what you're doing.” he whispered and brought his face closer until he was millimeters away from touching her. “It was creative, I confess.” the princess's eyes fell when she felt his breathing so close to hers. “But I won’t kiss you.”
Y/N opened her eyes in shock.
"What?" the voice sounded slightly disappointed and Jeno smirked.
“Am I going to have to remind you of what I told you a while ago?” he asked and she opened her mouth to respond but no sound came out as Jeno moved his face to put his lips on her neck, Y/N tried to grab anything inside the jacuzzi that would make her legs regain strength.
Okay, she wasn't expecting that.
Much less that his lips were so warm against her skin. Her heart was beating so fast she didn't know if he could hear it.
“Jeno…” her voice was so weak that she didn’t even blame Jeno for laughing.
"Do you remember?" Jeno's voice vibrated against Y/N's skin and she rolled her eyes before closing them completely. “When you kissed my brother, what did I tell you?”
He didn't make Y/N's life easier and leaned his body as close as he could while he remained kneeling in front of her, involuntarily Y/N opened her legs so that he was between them. “I haven’t even touched you yet and you’re already giving in.” He gave Y/N a light bite on the neck that she couldn't control and brought her hands to his back. “Y/N, answer me!”
"What?" she tried to bring back the strength in her voice but it was impossible, not when Jeno started to bring his hips closer to hers.
“Do you remember, yes or no?” he moved his mouth to her ear, where he blew softly, sending goosebumps through her body.
Remembering? Yes she remembered, the problem was that she couldn't speak because of the heat she was feeling rising more and more and stopping in her belly.
"Yes." she swallowed the urge to moan when she felt him next to her body.
God, Jeno was torturing her and he was just leaning against her, he wasn't even rubbing his body against hers but he was standing exactly where she wanted him.
“Then speak.” he ordered and she dug her nails into his back.
“I’m going to have to beg.” she replied, quietly.
Jeno turned his face away, a sideways smile on his face as he watched the princess's desperate expression up close.
“See, you just need a stimulus to remember.” he teased.
“If you think I’m going to-” Jeno moved his hips against hers and the moan came out a little choked.
The temperature of the water felt much warmer and Y/N felt how hard he was, she had to close her eyes tightly to keep from giving in any more than she already had. She was losing her mind!
“You will, not today, but you will.” he promised and she opened her eyes, raising her eyebrow.
“What makes you so sure?”
Jeno took a hand to the princess's face and lifted it, making her look into his eyes.
She saw nothing but desire, pure and carnal.
“The fact that you tried to seduce me.” he caress her cheek gently. “Trust me, it worked, you look really hot and you don’t know how difficult it is for me to control myself now seeing your body like that.” she had an idea thanks to his hips pressed against hers. “But I won’t kiss you until you give in completely.”
Y/N swallowed hard. She wanted to but something stopped her, maybe her pride.
And then, all that heat and fire that surrounded the two quickly ended when Jeno stood up. Y/N bit her lip at the image of him standing in front of her, wet and hard. She knew he noticed the way she looked at him but he simply walked away, leaving the jacuzzi.
Y/N's uneven breathing seemed more evident now that she had her personal space back, but her eyes searched for Jeno.
And he was there, waiting for her with a confident smile.
“Don’t worry, this time it wasn’t a dream.”
122 notes · View notes
nctzendaydream · 1 year
Text
Kingdom Come by nctzendaydream
Tumblr media
Preview/Introduction
You knew this day would come eventually. The day when you get to meet the man you're supposed to spend the rest of your life with, but you never thought it would be like this.
Your world is a world of three kingdoms: Atollis, Merissa, and Argos.
You felt your father, the King of Atollis, grip your hand tighter as he walked alongside you in the Great Hall of the Kingdom of Merissa. You are being presented to Merissa’s royal family and their courtiers as a potential match for their prince, Jeno.
You keep your gaze at your feet to ensure that you do not trip or fall on your face at such an important moment. You find yourself entering into your daydreams to escape the pressure of your current reality.
You come from the Kingdom of Atollis. A kingdom of island dwellers that relied on the ocean for its sustenance and its survival. You've always loved your island home. To you, there is nothing more comforting than the sound of the waves as they crash through the sand. You have spent your childhood among the islands of your kingdom running free. Atollis is paradise, and it will always be. You knew that you had left a large piece of your heart back home. Your kingdom is the smallest of the three kingdoms, but your powerful navy and control of the trade routes at sea made your family and your kingdom a formidable ally.
You, being the daughter of a king, always understood that your duty included possibly marrying for the sake of your people, for the sake of your kingdom, or for the sake of your family but you still felt this undeniable pit in your stomach, since you knew that your life was about to change forever.
You are currently in the Kingdom of Merissa. This peninsula is very different from your homeland. While your home is composed of small islands, this kingdom is composed of mostly flat terrain to the South. Southern Merissa has a large agricultural industry of rice and grain, while its mountains in the Northern region have valuable mines. Merissa is a powerful and wealthy nation. It is no wonder your father wants you to marry into the royal family of Merissa.
A match between these two families would be beneficial to both parties. Your marriage could mean a stronger connection to a wealthier and more powerful nation which would prevent any potential invasion from other neighboring kingdoms. While a marriage to you would mean access to trade routes at sea that the kingdom of Merissa previously had no access to. This would mean they could transport their valuable minerals and gems to the rest of the world in a much more quick and efficient manner. On paper, nothing seems to be going against this match; but you must not forget, life isn't as clean as facts on paper.
To the north of Merissa lies the third kingdom called Argos. Argos is the largest of the three Kingdoms. It spans almost the entirety of the Eastern Continent. They control almost all of the significant land trade routes which made them wealthy, powerful, and formidable.
As you looked up to meet the eye of the prince, you were shocked to see not one, but two sets of eyes looking directly at you.
Both Prince Jeno and Prince Chenle of Argos looked at you with an intensity you have never felt before. You gave a nervous smile, and the Prince Jeno bowed politely and said, “Welcome to Merissa, Your Highness”.
8 notes · View notes
jigujellee · 2 years
Text
Tumblr media
THROUGH WITH YU -> karina yu hates your guts and you don't really know why. | read part 2 here!
karina x reader angst word count: 3.8k warnings: there might be a swear word or two, nothing crazy
a/n: wow, another fic in less than 2 weeks? who is she? lol i'm jk but the first part to the karina enemies to lovers college au is here! there's only two parts, so hopefully, i should be able to get it out soon. don't worry, i'm also working on the requests you've all sent me so please look out for those. take care everyone, thanks for reading!
smu was home to numerous intelligent and hard working students who were slowly losing their sanity every day in order to achieve their future. if they weren’t burying their faces in their laptops or textbooks, students were drowning themselves in caffeine as they desperately try to work through the hell known as university. it’s definitely not easy for most, but then there are people like karina who make the university life look so easy.
karina yu graduated from kwangya high as valedictorian and received a full grant scholarship at smu where she is now a biomedical student with a dream to pursue a career in medicine. she also manages to maintain the top spot in the entire school while being the captain of the swim team and balances a part time job. the girl’s credentials are unmatched, you’d think she doesn’t have a social life but no. everybody and their grandmothers know exactly who karina is, and with a god given face, brain, and talent like hers, who wouldn’t be drawn to her? dubbed as the campus goddess, she captures the hearts of anyone who glances her way. karina could care less about the title though. she was nice to everyone she encountered and remained humble despite being treated like royalty at school. so when everyone’s attention is focused on something else, or rather someone else, karina suddenly becomes intrigued.
“alright class, that wraps it up for today. don’t forget, your assignments on DNA mutagenesis are due next Friday so i hope most of you have at least started on it”
as soon as the campus goddess finished typing up her last few notes, she sets a quick reminder for herself to finish the references for the assignment. karina’s work ethic was something every student dreamed to have in a perfect world, hence why it isn’t uncommon for students to ask her for help every now and then. her best friend ningning is a perfect example of these said students.
“so you’re going to help me with my assignment, right?” the blonde says, not even sparing a glance to karina as her eyes remained glued on her phone.
“ning, why do you still have to ask? i’ve been helping you with your assignments since we were in high school. but let me remind you that you’re smart enough to do it on your own. maybe if you spent less time on your phone, you would’ve gotten it done early”
“thanks for the ted talk but you know i gotta stay updated with the tea around here”
“right, so what’s new gossip girl hm?”
“well, jeno recently got injured after their last basketball game so he’s sitting out for the next few. then there’s yeji and ryujin who got into a pretty nasty fight and people are saying they still haven’t talked it out”
“isn’t it gonna be their 3 year anniversary in a few weeks? i hope they resolve things soon”
“well well well, would you look at that? seems like someone is fairly updated too” ningning chuckles and finally tears her eyes away from the phone to find karina putting her stuff away into a tote bag.
“you live and breathe tea and drama, and unfortunately, i’m the only one who has to hear all of it since i’m pretty much the only friend you have,” karina jokes.
“you make me laugh miss yu,” her best friend says dryly as rolls her eyes and continues to scroll through her phone once more. “oh, and there’s a new student coming in today. apparently they’re coming all the way from canada,” ningning turns off her phone and grabs her bag before sticking her arm out so that karina could link arms with her. the latter didn’t care much about the new transferee, not with her empty stomach practically ringing in her ears.
“yeah yeah whatever, let’s go grab lunch. i’m starving” she links her arms with ningning and the two make their way to the campus cafeteria.
they were greeted with crowds of students, which wasn’t a new sight to the two. almost all of campus knew karina ate in the cafeteria during lunch so they would always have an audience as they ate in peace. what was surprising to karina was that the students weren’t swooning over her like they usually do. instead, they were running right past her and making their way to the table where karina and ningning usually sat. confused, karina looks over at her best friend.
“why is everyone rushing to get over there? we’re not even there yet”
“you think i would know? i was beside you this entire time. but it looks like someone is sitting there already, i can’t see who it is though”
a girl in front of the two overhears their conversation before realizing who it was and immediately moves out of the way to let them pass. everyone else followed suit and the two manage to get a clear view of who was causing such a big crowd. they walk towards the table, but even as they get closer, they are unable to put a name to the face sitting in their usual spot.
as soon as they approached the unfamiliar person, ningning doesn’t hesitate to speak, “hi! i’m ningning and this is my friend karina!” the purple haired girl’s eyes widened at her friend’s sudden introduction, but not wanting to be rude, she just smiled and gave a small wave.
“hello! i’m y/n, it’s nice to meet you both” you say with a big smile plastered on your face.
“ah! you’re the new student, right? from canada?” you eagerly nod your head and continue to answer ningning’s never ending questions about your home country. meanwhile, the girl beside her stayed silent and just stared at you. you couldn’t tell what she was feeling, her face remaining stoic the entire time you were talking with her friend. you open your mouth to address her and try to include her in the conversation, but another student calls your name and invites you to eat lunch with them.
“karina and ningning usually sit here, so just sit with us for lunch” the student then whispered in your ear. you look back at the two girls and realize that they’ve been standing this entire time, so you immediately get up and allow them to sit at their respective table.
“well i’d be glad to answer your questions about canada some other time ning,” you chuckle. “i hope to see you both around more! sorry about taking your seat,” you say as your gaze lands on karina, who just quickly bows her head out of respect before taking a seat at the spot you were just in. ningning quickly hands you her phone for you to put your number in before letting you go. as you leave, you turn to take a look at the purple haired girl one more time.
you now understood why she was called the campus goddess.
-
funnily enough, the campus goddess wanted nothing to do with greek gods and goddesses, or any greek mythology in general. she hated history classes. the only reason she was taking it is because she needed an elective that wasn’t related to her major, so she chose ancient greek mythology and apparently, it was a really easy course. but even if this course was super easy, she got bored so easily. it was the only class that she rarely paid attention in and it made her want to fall asleep.
it doesn’t help that this class was a dreaded 3 hours of her professor going on and on about information that had nothing to do with what karina wanted to do with the rest of her life. oftentimes, her thoughts loved to wander off during class, and to her surprise, you are the one currently taking up space in her mind. karina couldn’t help but think about your smile, your dark brown eyes, your soft voice, the way your hair sat perfectly against-
“miss yu?” karina shakes her head and brings herself back to reality. was i really just thinking of the new student just now?
“sorry sir, what were you saying?”
“i asked which two groups fought during the battle of cynoscephalae?”
karina couldn’t bring herself to answer. she should know this, she did her readings on it so why couldn’t she remember? oh right, because some new girl was distracting her, that’s why.
“it was fought between the romans and the antigonids,” you spoke up after minutes of silence from karina. she looked back in shock, finding you three rows behind her. great, the person who’s been wrecking my train of thought is also in the same class as me.
you shoot her a wink with a smile, causing karina to immediately turn back around to the front, hoping you wouldn’t see her cheeks heating up out of embarrassment.
“that’s correct y/n, thank you. pay more attention karina, this isn’t like you”
“yes sir, it won’t happen again” karina sinks into her seat and groans internally for letting herself get distracted and embarrassing herself in front of you… and the class.
and now, she despised you for making her feel this way and decided that she wanted nothing to do with you.
so any attempt you made in trying to be her friend, whether it be buying her snacks, coffee, cup noodles, and even a whole cake, or trying to follow her on instagram and her other socials, karina shut all of it down. she couldn’t afford to be embarrassed like that anymore and she tried her best to avoid you, but she quickly learned that you were stubborn and you weren’t going to stop until you two were at least acquaintances.
“hi karina! i grabbed you a triangle kimbap and a choco pie in case you were hungry,” you hold out the snacks in front of her, hoping she’ll actually take them this time. but as usual, she just stares at them and her hands remain still by her side.
her eyes shift from your hands to your own eyes, and you could feel a bitter coldness being emitted from her dark brown orbs. “i’m going to make this very clear, y/n. i do not care who you are or where you came from, but i do not need you around me. buying me snacks is not going to get me to be friends with you, so drop the act. we are never going to be friends,” she says, words hitting you like a knife. your hands that are filled with snacks drop to your side as you watch the campus goddess walk away from you. from that moment on, you do your best to avoid her, hoping that you are finally giving her something she actually wants.
-
it’s only 9 in the morning, and karina is already having a horrible day.
“what? what do you mean i’m failing? that’s nearly impossible-”
“calm down karina, you’re not behind by much. with a little tutoring and some catch up assignments, you’ll be able to bring your grade up in no time,” her english professor says.
karina huffs in frustration. how could this happen? she swore she handed in all her essays on time and they were all done very well, so she had no idea how could she be failing the class.
“i asked the student who will tutor you to come in today so that i could introduce you two,” and as if on cue, there was a knock on the door.
“perfect timing. come in!”
karina doesn’t bother turning around to see who it was, still trying to rack her brain over how she could possibly be doing badly in english class.
“you wanted to see me professor lee?”
the purple haired girl’s eyes widened and her mouth falls slightly agape. she didn’t need to look at who it was; the voice said it all.
“thank you for coming, y/n! i wanted to introduce you to karina, have you met before?”
“yes, we share a few classes together” you say dryly.
you were aware that you had to tutor someone, but you didn’t know it’d be her. from where you were standing, you could see that she didn’t want to be in this setup either. she was avoiding your presence, putting all her attention onto the stack of papers on the professor’s desk and studying it as if it were the most intriguing thing in the world right now.
“with all due respect professor lee, i’m sure there are a number of other students who would be willing to help karina out. not to mention countless other students who speak english at a much higher level than i do, such as aeri, chaeyoung, jennie, yunjin, jisu, seungkwan.. need i list more?”
for the first time since entering the office, karina looks at you with a confused expression; she didn’t expect you to turn the opportunity down, not after all the nice things you’ve done for her just to be her friend. your focus remains on the professor as you wait for a reply, ignoring the other girl beside you who was trying to figure you out, the stack of papers on the desk now long forgotten.
“nonsense y/n, what better way to learn english than from someone who’s just transferred from canada? besides, english is your first language, correct?” you nod your head, unable to lie because the records were right there in front of the prof.
“then it’s settled! think of it as a way to get closer to one another. karina, i promise you won’t regret this and your grade will improve in no time! you two are dismissed, i’ll see you both on wednesday”
both of you bow your heads, and karina is the first one to get up and leave. you follow suit, rolling your eyes once you’re at the door because she didn’t even have the courtesy to hold it open for you. once you’re both outside of professor lee’s office, you’re about to retreat to your own dorm but karina stops you.
“hey”
you say nothing and just turn to look at her, waiting for her to continue what she wanted to say.
“2pm tomorrow at the library. don’t be late,” she says sternly.
with no ounce of emotion on your face, you turn around and leave the purple haired girl standing in front of the prof’s office.
you hoped this tutoring session will go somewhat smoothly.
-
no, it’s not going smoothly.
karina was the one who said not to be late, yet she’s the one who came almost 20 minutes late. she blamed it on ningning for asking her to accompany her while she talks to one of their other professors.
and now, karina hasn’t spoken a word to you since she got here. she didn’t bother asking for any clarification or any questions and just began working on her assignment, but you couldn’t care less. if she didn’t want to fix her grade, then so be it. you allowed yourself to enjoy this quiet time by catching up on your favourite book, but unfortunately, it doesn’t last long.
“here, check this for me”
you scan the paragraph writing assignment she had to do. with a pencil, you lightly circled her mistakes and even wrote down some comments on things that could be improved. when you hand it back to her, you watch as her eyes scan over the paper and she huffs in frustration. you continue to watch the campus goddess scribble onto her paper, erasing and rewriting things every other second. your eyes move to the paper and you notice her making the same mistake again.
“you did the same thing aga-”
“shut up, i got it” but even after she erases it, she does it again. this time, she realizes what she wrote.
“not a word, y/n”
“rina look, i just-”
“first of all, do not call me that. we’re not close, okay? and second, i don’t care that you were asked to help me. i just need to pass english and then i’m through with you,” without missing a beat, she continues writing her assignment.
you won’t lie, it hurt whenever karina dismissed you like that. you don’t even understand why she hated you so much. was it because you answered for her in class? or was it because you stole her seat on the first day? whatever it was, it still hurt. but if she was going to be like this towards you, then you figured you should be the same back.
and that’s how the rest of your tutoring sessions go. you both arrive at the library, not uttering a single word to each other. you immerse yourself in your book or in other school work, and you only say something if karina asks you. as you meet up more and more, however, you notice karina is slowly starting to ask more questions and actually initiate conversation but you always gave her a dry reply, not even bothering to look up at her as you answer. why should you? you were just here to help her.
after one of your tutoring sessions, you were walking back to your dorm when you suddenly receive a phone call. the caller ID was enough to make you decline the call, but you answer it anyway. you don’t bother saying hello, and just wait for the other party to say something.
“not even a hello? wow, who do you think you are?”
“what do you want?”
“jeez, what’s gotten into you? i just called to check up on you”
“i never asked you to check on me”
“god, you’re unbelievable. you should be thankful i’m even checking up on you even after what you did to your-”
“stop trying to act like my mother. you are not her and you will never be her, so just shut up and leave me alone,” you angrily say as you hang up, not letting her get a response in. you shove your phone back into your pocket and stormed off to your dorm, but you don’t notice the girl behind you who heard everything.
she didn’t mean to eavesdrop. if anything, she blames you for stopping in the middle of the hallway and answering the call, and even putting it on speaker phone. but she heard it either way, whether she wanted to or not. karina watched as you stomped away and she felt a heavy feeling in her chest - it was guilt. she’s been rude to you all this time when all you wanted was to be her friend. you even agreed to tutor her (though it was pretty much forced) and she was still acting like such a bitch to you. but after hearing the conversation, she couldn’t help but feel sad. she didn’t have the best relationship with her mom either, so in a way, she kind of related to you. she starts thinking that maybe you weren’t so bad after all.
-
a few more tutoring sessions and three assignments later, karina manages to get her grade back up. once she hears the good news from professor lee, she immediately goes to find you.
“y/n!”
you turn around to find an ecstatic and smiley purple haired goddess coming your way. she crashes into you and wraps her arms around you, but you just stand there and look straight ahead, leaving your arms glued to your side.
she finally lets go of you after what seemed like minutes of hugging, and she shoves a paper in front of your face.
“look! i got my grade back up, and it’s all thanks to you!”
“good. now we can go our separate ways,” you try to walk pass her, but she grabs your arm to stop you.
“wait! let me treat you to something to eat! as a thank you for helping me”
“i’ll pass,” and you try to walk by her again. she doesn’t stop you this time, but she starts following you instead.
“how about tomorrow? or next week? i’m free whenever, just let me kn-”
“what’s your deal, hm? why are you so nice to me all of a sudden? just because you got your grade up or what?”
karina’s smile fades and a nervous expression appears on her face, scared to tell you why she was acting this way. she fidgets with the paper in her hand, avoiding your gaze and biting her bottom lip.
“so what do you want?” you ask, trying to get an answer out of her.
“i..” she starts. “i overheard your phone call with your mom. i didn’t mean to, it’s just you were right there and you even put it on speaker phone so i just happened to hear everything..” you say nothing, and you wait for her to continue.
“i feel bad for how i’ve treated you all this time. the truth is, i get it. i know what you’re going through, and it’s okay to-”
“stop,” karina looks at you, and she looks scared but she’s not scared that you were angry, she knew you’re probably pissed at her. what was scaring her is the lack of emotion you were showing. she wanted you to scream at her, to cuss her out for being such a bitch, but instead you’re as calm as ever and it terrifies her to her core.
“she’s not my mother. that was my stepmom who tries way too hard to be my mother,” you say calmly. you start making your way to her, making sure that she hears what you have to say next loud and clear. once you're right in front of her, you continue.
“don’t act like you fucking know me just after hearing one phone call. if you’re being nice to me because you feel bad for me, then just save it. i don’t need your pity and i don’t need you around, got it? i’m through with you” you’re close enough to feel her breath on your lips, but you back away as soon as you’re done talking to her and you leave her in the middle of the hall with people were staring, but you didn’t care. you didn’t need karina or her pity, and the campus goddess got that message loud and clear. but it still hurt her. it hurt enough to make tears fall from her eyes, and karina rarely ever cries. she wipes away whatever tears were on her cheek and starts making her way to meet with ningning.
karina didn't want you to be through with her, but she deserved it. especially since she's the one who said it first.
377 notes · View notes
neoswift · 2 years
Text
accidentally in love
— i don’t know nothing ‘bout love!
PAIRING. jeno x fem!oc
CATEGORY. filo social media au, fluff, crack, light (siguro) angst, fake dating, one sided enemies to lovers-ish, actor!jeno, actress!oc
WARNINGS. language, baka puro kagaguhan, jeno and oc being a menace to e/o, specific warnings in each part!
SUMMARY. after a photo of him and his co-star makes the headlines, jeno finds himself in a complicated situation with percy kim, his castmate who seems to have some resentment towards him.
[ or alternatively: maybe percy needs to stop holding grudges against her co-star, and maybe jeno needs to study his lines instead of his fake girlfriend. ]
NOTE. purely self-indulgent, gusto ko lang uli gumawa ng celebrity au HAHAHAHAHA baka maging mabagal uli updates 😵‍💫😵‍💫 ignore timestamps unless stated otherwise! send me an ask/dm kung gusto nyo ma-add sa taglist<3 (or if nasa permanent taglist kayo and ayaw nyo patag dito HAHAHAHAHA)
STATUS. on going! (slow updates)
PLAYLIST. i. accidentally in love - counting crows, ii. let’s fall in love for the night - finneas, iii. do you want me (dead?) - all time low, iv. laro - autotelic, v. overdrive - conan gray, vi. i think he knows - taylor swift, vii. love team - itchyworms, viii. hawak bitaw - laluna, ix. delicate - taylor swift, x. boyfriend - coin.
— extended playlist!
Tumblr media
PARTS!
percy kim & the olympians | love ko ‘to 🫶
part 1 part 2 part 3 part 4 part 5 part 6
part 7 part 8.1 part 8.2 part 9 part 10 part 11.1
part 11.2 part 12 part 13 part 14 part 15 part 16
part 17 part 18 part 19 part 20 part 21 part 22
part 23 part 24 part 25 part 26 part 27 part 28
part 28 part 29 part 30 part 31 part 32 part 33
Tumblr media
additional + background info!
the name of their show is ‘affluenza’. it’s a slasher/drama/mystery/thriller. think gossip girl meets scream mtv series and pll: the perfectionists!
Tumblr media
jeno started acting in minor roles when he was 9. his breakout role was playing the son of the seasoned actor, arthur kim, in the movie “written in the stars” when he was 12
percy grew up exposed to show business kasi marami syang kamag-anak sa industriya (the most prominent ones being her parents — her mother is a singer and actress while her dad is the famous actor-turned-director, arthur kim), pero she didn’t start acting until she was 13, after getting casted in the series “something great” kung saan niya nakilala si haechan
jeno and percy are known for being box office royalties. madalang gumawa ng series projects si jeno and is mostly known as a movie actor, while percy does both
percy and haechan are not a loveteam, pero dahil tatlong beses na sila nagkaproject together (two movies, one teleserye) maraming nagshiship sa kanila
most of them are artists under the same company (sm ent din pangalan kasi i’m unoriginal and could not be bothered to think of a new name 💀)
pinsan ni jeno si wonwoo at half-brother ni haechan si mingyu… this is kinda irrelevant info gusto ko lang ilagay HAHAHAHAHA
jeno has an older sister named arden while percy is an only child
light mode = percy’s pov, dark mode = jeno’s pov!
Tumblr media
TAGLIST. open.
258 notes · View notes
neopuppy · 10 months
Note
any jeno fics you have have a very specific jeno look in mind? eg: silver hair jeno, blackhair jeno (neopuppy will you write regal jeno again?🥺)
when have I ever written regal Jeno?😭 there is like one drabble maybe..(and a WIP I dropped a long while ago)
Hot Sauce Jeno is always longer black hair Jeno to me, I started writing that fic the second the song names came out for that album and the way he looked during that era still torments me😮‍💨
I guess he’s rarely ever actually blond in my imagination, he was in my very first fic(its rly bad, dont go looking for it)
MFAL for example I always picture Ridin’ era….maybe not an undercut per say but that darker brown hair color, and framing his face more
I would say 90% of the time his hair is dark, I reallllllllllly like him best with dark hair
at the moment I have nothing planned in the realm of royalty AU. altho I have been binging Disney movies as of late and me being me rewatching Beauty & The Beast definitely had my mind deep in thought. mostly thinking about how this explains me growing into reading hybrid and abo AU….smh, all Disney’s fault
8 notes · View notes
onyourhyuck · 2 years
Text
𝒜𝓁𝓁 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒲𝓇𝑜𝓃𝑔 ℛ𝑒𝒶𝓈𝑜𝓃𝓈. | 𝓃.𝓳𝓶 (M)
Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media
synopsis; na jaemin is a young prince who doesn’t want to get married because he finds it pointless. shin mirae is a young princess who refuses to get married due to her gamophobia, a fear of commitment in relationships, what happens when these two meet paths?
warnings; cottagecore/royal au, lowercase intended, romance, fake dating later falling in love trope, bachelor noncommittal princess and jaded prince, angst, mentions of death, smut!!, mature language and audience.
3/24 PART 4 LINK
╔══════════════════════╗
mark and mirae were met with a dance floor group swaying to the heavy violin instrumental orchestra. the scenery outside filled with greenery and blues; freshly cut grass, trees hanging behind the scenes, blue sky with freshly baked clouds— it was a good day to spare a dance.
the royalties laughing and dancing with their courting of choice. mark and mirae being the only ones not dancing, the sight of jaemin invading mirae as he was seen dancing with another princess.
mark intentionally coughs aloud as his hand lifts forward next to mirae, eyes looking away from the girl. an smug expression on that made him look both shy but confident.
mirae raising eyebrow at the arm offering to her, her lips slowly curve in an disbelief of emotions, but a dance wouldn’t hurt would it?
“c’mon princess you don’t want to be the only one not dancing right?” mark smartly adds in banter, mirae’s hands slowly linking with his. “somehow this feels like blackmail.” mirae quotes.
mark laughing, the keen boy pulling mirae forward into a twist before their bodies slowly make their ways in synch to the dance floor, mirae felt the way mark had such a soft wielding grip on the waistline just above the puffy dress line. Mark’s prince outfit with the white blouse and black vest crafted this gentlemen outlook and honestly, mirae would not be surprised if it gave him the outmost female attention. their hands interlocked as their bodies spinning in circles, mirae’s white puff dress creating an illusion of swirls whenever the prince would spin mirae back and forth into his chest.
a ghostly smile appearing on Mark’s expression when mirae was so serious about this, glancing about the room.
“loosen up, princess. why so tense?” mark would sway, mirae glancing up to the taller man. “is this really enjoyable?” mirae blurts out. she was getting rather dizzy and tired in the situation.
“not this part.” mark replies honestly, the loud violin slowing dance into a relaxing mood. the couples around mark and mirae slowing down their dancing, now beginning to set a romantic slow dance.
mirae looking about, before Mark’s smile in front was shown. “but this bit, is what makes it enjoyable.” mark would trail as his hands loosen up, he felt the way the princess loosens as well as her hands softly creep around his neckline. their bodies closer yet slowly moving in effortless manner. seeing the way mirae’s expression was no longer painted in a scowl, she was rather calm now.
he could tell the way mirae was enjoying this area of the dance more than before. but he wouldn’t mention upon it. instead there would be a comforting silence between them and the other couples.
jaemin tilting his head at the sight of his best friend and fake fiancé together was not looking good for his parents or her own mother. he scowls in a pout, he left the princess he was with to go towards the tables filled with beverages and royal foods.
he saw his friend, jeno approach with a slight teasing grin. “mark stole your fake fiancé already, sheesh, you must really be a bad husband material.” jaemin clicks his teeth at his friend, flinching at him. “yah take that back, i’m an exquisite husband.”
jeno hums along not believing a single thing coming out of the other prince’s lips. instead jaemin returns to stare at the dancing from afar. when the violin was gone, the courts pull away in a bow for each other.
Mark’s hands drop when mirae pulls away first without hesitation, her bowing as the fingers lift the dress a little. mark bowing down with a hand folded in front, the two went separate ways once mirae was going to find her friends now. the prince turns to the group from the distance, jaemin watching mark approaching them.
jeno waving, mark grins seeing jaemin staring in a disappointing manner. “how did you manage to get her to dance with you?” jaemin complained, all he got from mirae was an almost broken foot!
mark lightly shrugs, “I guess ask her and see what she says?” Jeno scoffs, “or just use Mark’s awkward tactics to the point no princess can bring herself to reject him.”
jaemin would put a hand in disagreement. “most definitely not going to work on miyoung, she’s the spawn of Satan herself.” he tells and the two share confused glance together before facing their friend. “don’t you mean mirae, not miyoung?” jeno shot
“man you’re such a horrible person, you can’t even remember her name and you asked her to marry you.” mark trails in baffles. jaemin clearing his throat, “be quiet, i’m working on it. she looks like a miyoung okay!”
mirae was engulfed by mitsuki and mirebelle wrapping hugs on the young princess. mitsuki squealing, “I saw you dance I saw you dance!”
mirebelle finishing the sentence, “with mark lee with mark lee!”
mirae scoffs pulling the girls away as they now stood away for a good distance of space shared between the three. “yeah why are you two freaking out as if it were the end of the world?” mitsuki leant next to mirae, “he is attractive that’s all, plus, why didn’t you dance with jaemin, he wishes to marry you does he not?”
mirebelle hums in agreement. it was weird to not see two people who said they would marry and not dance in front of people. “you’re right. instead you danced with separate people, both of you.” mirebelle said. mirae rolling eyes. “he danced with someone already and mark had no partner.”
“ahhh explains it.” mitsuki replies. “he must be a player then.” mirebelle glared towards the group of boys in the distance with jaemin.
“probably.” mirae shrugs not caring much. “he can’t even remember my name for lord sake.” mirae was still very much triggered by this, the two girls gasp. how can a fiancé not remember their name?
mirae was the last person to enter the event and was the first to leave the event after just twenty minutes. the place was not only crowded but were loud to the point mirae wasn’t sure if she was going to have her hearing by the end of it.
the princess occupied herself by cold empty marble wide corridors, heels taps echoing each time she was walking further. a sight of jaemin and another princess were seen, the conversation directly pulled into mirae’s ears.
what was jaemin doing outside the party?
“prince jaemin, I wish to be courted by you instead.” the princess demands, she wore a pinkish pastel dress swaying up the cropped bun behind. mirae purse lips into a thin line. why was this kinda hurting her pride? afterall jaemin chose her just for a simple gateaway from his parents arrange marriage.
so why was this utterly insulting to mirae? to see jaemin smile ear to ear so lovingly and lean closer, leading the poor princess on. he seemingly enjoyed to tease the ones who were bold.
mirae smirks. why not ruin his romantic moment huh?
jaemin wasn’t expecting a hand to directly wrap around his body from behind, the sight of mirae smirking as she was practically sending suspicious daggers towards the princess up the front.
“i’m afraid prince jaemin is already taken.” mirae told with large cruel emphasis, the princess wide gaping up at jaemin. “sorry, i didn’t know. because of someone.” the girl daggers towards jaemin, if he was taken all this time why was he leading her?
with the very last word the princess left and jaemin leans back watching mirae attentively in surprise. “now what’s this, jealous much?” jaemin intrigued, retorts. “not at all,” mirae was quick to reply as her hands fell off, detaching from jaemin. “but that doesn’t mean you should play around with other people when your parents could easily catch you in the act.”
“I saved you actually, go on your knees this instant and thank me.” mirae crosses arms. jaemin rolling eyes at her words, he’d tuck hands in front pockets. “you said you wouldn’t do it, so what’s this all about suddenly? changed your mind?” he said, mirae’s breathe hitch in the throat.
he’s right. mirae did change her mind. for once her mother didn’t question or force her to dance and meet other boys as if it were a blind arrange date. seeing the princess nod, jaemin was stunned by the boldness mirae held.
“yes I did change my mind, so what? let’s fake date for a month and fools everyone off our backs.” mirae demands, jaemin’s lips forming a slight smirk, approaching the princess forward once again. mirae stepped back by the sudden movements from the prince, until a wall hit behind stopping further escape. jaemin leaning down with a wide interested smug.
this should be interesting.
“sure, let’s fake date for a month. are you sure you can handle anything and everything by being with me though?” his voice was arrogant and it struck out like a thorn on a rose that pinched the skin on top of the thumb, causing it to bleed. “are you looking down on me?” mirae replies almost softly yet coldly.
“maybe. i need a partner to keep me on my toes.” jaemin boosts. he is after all a retired bachelor who loves dating people but not necessarily settle down— he needs someone to keep him busy and entertained for the entire month otherwise he won’t find this easy. mirae couldn’t help but cuss mentally the boy out, mirae thinking, ‘Oh i’ll keep you on your toes, na jaemin.’
“maybe you need me to step on your toes again.” mirae was quick to lift her sharp heels up, jaemin panicking, stumbling back as he fell on the floor, tucking feet away from the woman in front, a yell from jaemin heard by a beg. “no no! it’s okay, I’m good.”
“that’s what I thought.” mirae scowls.
╚══════════════════════╝
MASTERLINK TO ALL THE WRONG REASONS CHAPTERS.
@onyourhyuck please refer from copyrighting and plagiarising my work. REBLOG THIS SERIES<33 LIKE IT AND FOLLOW ME FOR MORE.
46 notes · View notes